1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
573 \begin_inset Graphics
574 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 groupId toolbarbuttons
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_inset Graphics
608 filename ../images/file-open.png
610 groupId toolbarbuttons
617 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_inset Graphics
630 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
632 groupId toolbarbuttons
639 \begin_layout Itemize
649 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_inset Graphics
692 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
694 groupId toolbarbuttons
701 \begin_layout Itemize
707 \begin_layout Standard
708 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
709 a few minor differences.
712 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
727 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
728 you for a template to use.
729 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
730 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
731 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
739 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
746 \begin_layout Standard
747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
779 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
780 space is just that — a big, blank space.
788 \begin_layout Standard
809 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
814 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
839 will reload the document from disk.
840 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
841 and want to restore it to the last save.
850 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
851 can identify them as your changes.
854 \begin_layout Section
855 Basic Editing Features
856 \begin_inset Index idx
859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
868 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
875 \begin_layout Standard
876 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
877 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
878 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
879 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
881 We'll start with cut and paste.
884 \begin_layout Standard
885 As you might expect, the
889 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
890 various other editing features.
891 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
895 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_inset Graphics
902 filename ../images/cut.png
904 groupId toolbarbuttons
911 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_inset Graphics
918 filename ../images/copy.png
920 groupId toolbarbuttons
927 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/paste.png
936 groupId toolbarbuttons
943 \begin_layout Itemize
953 \begin_layout Itemize
963 \begin_layout Itemize
977 \begin_inset Graphics
978 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
980 groupId toolbarbuttons
987 \begin_layout Standard
988 The first three are self-explanatory.
989 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
990 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
999 keys also function as the
1004 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1005 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1006 You'll have to do an
1010 to get back the lost text.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1014 \begin_inset Index idx
1017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1023 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1035 \begin_layout Standard
1038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1043 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1049 \begin_inset space ~
1054 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1060 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1064 \begin_inset space ~
1069 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1070 will start a new paragraph.
1073 \begin_layout Standard
1074 \begin_inset Index idx
1077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1084 \begin_inset Index idx
1087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1119 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1124 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1136 \begin_inset space ~
1141 button to skip the current word.
1145 \begin_inset space ~
1150 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1154 \begin_inset space ~
1159 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1161 If the toggle is set, searching for
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 will not match the word
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 Match whole words only
1190 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1219 LyX offers also an advanced
1222 \begin_inset space ~
1226 \begin_inset space ~
1231 feature that is described in sec.
1232 \begin_inset space ~
1236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1238 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1245 \begin_layout Standard
1246 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1247 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1249 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1254 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1261 \begin_layout Section
1263 \begin_inset Index idx
1266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1273 \begin_inset Index idx
1276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1285 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1294 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1300 or the toolbar button
1301 \begin_inset Graphics
1302 filename ../images/undo.png
1304 groupId toolbarbuttons
1308 to undo some mistake.
1309 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1311 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1314 or the toolbar button
1315 \begin_inset Graphics
1316 filename ../images/redo.png
1318 groupId toolbarbuttons
1323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1330 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1338 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1347 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1348 This is a consequence of the 100
1349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1352 step undo limit, above.
1355 \begin_layout Standard
1364 work on almost everything in LyX.
1365 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1369 \begin_layout Section
1371 \begin_inset Index idx
1374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1383 \begin_layout Standard
1384 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1392 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 once anywhere in the edit window.
1398 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1402 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 \begin_layout Itemize
1413 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1416 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1419 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1422 \begin_layout Itemize
1423 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1425 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1432 \begin_layout Enumerate
1433 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1437 \begin_layout Standard
1438 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1439 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1443 \begin_layout Enumerate
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1453 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1458 \begin_layout Section
1460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1462 name "sec:Navigating"
1467 \begin_inset Index idx
1470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1479 \begin_layout Standard
1480 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1483 \begin_layout Itemize
1488 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1489 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1492 \begin_layout Itemize
1495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1498 or the toolbar button
1499 \begin_inset Graphics
1500 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1502 groupId toolbarbuttons
1509 \begin_layout Standard
1510 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1511 (TOC) that is described in section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1518 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1523 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1524 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1525 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1526 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1527 to the document, see section
1528 \begin_inset space ~
1532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1534 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1543 option sorts the current list, and the
1547 option keeps it in the current view state.
1548 Keeping means that when you have e.
1549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1553 \begin_inset space \space{}
1556 the subsections of section
1557 \begin_inset space ~
1560 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1561 \begin_inset space ~
1564 3, the subsections of section
1565 \begin_inset space ~
1568 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1573 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1574 \begin_inset space ~
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1582 \begin_inset space \space{}
1586 \begin_inset Graphics
1587 filename ../images/down.png
1589 groupId toolbarbuttons
1594 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1602 \begin_inset Graphics
1603 filename ../images/up.png
1605 groupId toolbarbuttons
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1615 So you can for example move section
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 \begin_inset space ~
1624 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1626 \begin_inset Graphics
1627 filename ../images/promote.png
1629 groupId toolbarbuttons
1634 \begin_inset Graphics
1635 filename ../images/demote.png
1637 groupId toolbarbuttons
1641 or the corresponding key bindings
1649 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1650 So you can for example make section
1651 \begin_inset space ~
1655 \begin_inset space ~
1659 \begin_inset space ~
1665 \begin_layout Standard
1667 \begin_inset Graphics
1668 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1670 groupId toolbarbuttons
1674 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1675 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1676 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1677 go back to your last editing position.
1680 \begin_layout Section
1681 Input / Word Completion
1682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1684 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1689 \begin_inset Index idx
1692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1699 \begin_inset Index idx
1702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1733 \begin_layout Standard
1734 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1736 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1737 is used to propose completions.
1740 \begin_layout Standard
1741 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1742 there are completions available.
1743 You can then press the
1747 key to use this completion.
1748 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1749 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1750 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1757 \begin_layout Standard
1758 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1760 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1763 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1765 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1768 by deselecting the option
1775 Automatic inline completion
1777 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1778 To accept this proposal, use the
1787 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1788 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1796 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1803 \begin_layout Section
1805 \begin_inset Index idx
1808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_inset Index idx
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 \begin_inset Index idx
1850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1881 \begin_layout Standard
1882 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1883 LyX's default is CUA.
1886 \begin_layout Standard
1890 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset space ~
1919 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1923 \begin_layout Labeling
1924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1928 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1929 LatexCommand nomenclature
1931 description "Tabulator key"
1937 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1938 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1939 \begin_inset space ~
1943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1945 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1952 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1956 , especially section
1957 \begin_inset space ~
1961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1963 reference "sub:Lists"
1969 If you're still confused, look in the
1976 \begin_layout Labeling
1977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1981 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1982 LatexCommand nomenclature
1984 description "Escape key"
1991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1998 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1999 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2002 \begin_layout Labeling
2003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2009 \begin_inset space ~
2013 \begin_inset space ~
2020 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2021 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2025 \begin_layout Standard
2026 There are three modifier keys:
2029 \begin_layout Labeling
2030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2048 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2049 LatexCommand nomenclature
2051 description "Control key"
2055 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2056 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2060 \begin_layout Itemize
2069 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2072 \begin_layout Itemize
2081 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2084 \begin_layout Itemize
2093 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2097 \begin_layout Labeling
2098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2116 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2117 LatexCommand nomenclature
2119 description "Shift key"
2123 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2124 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2127 \begin_layout Labeling
2128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2146 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2147 LatexCommand nomenclature
2149 description "Alt or Meta key"
2153 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2154 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2155 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2161 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2163 menu accelerator keys
2166 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2167 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2171 \begin_layout Standard
2172 For example, the sequence
2173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2179 \begin_inset space ~
2183 \begin_inset space ~
2189 \begin_inset space ~
2197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2216 \begin_inset space ~
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2232 \begin_layout Standard
2237 manual lists all other things bound to the
2245 \begin_layout Standard
2246 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2247 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2248 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2249 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2250 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2251 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2252 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2253 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2269 followed by a capital
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2277 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2279 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2284 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2287 as explained in sec.
2288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2294 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2301 \begin_layout Chapter
2303 \begin_inset Index idx
2306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2315 \begin_layout Section
2317 \begin_inset Index idx
2320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2329 \begin_layout Subsection
2333 \begin_layout Standard
2334 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2335 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2336 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2337 numbering schemes, and so on.
2338 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2339 and format the title of your document differently.
2342 \begin_layout Standard
2347 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2348 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2349 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2350 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2351 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2356 how to adjust their properties.
2359 \begin_layout Subsection
2361 \begin_inset Index idx
2364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2373 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2380 \begin_layout Standard
2381 You can select a class using the
2383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2384 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2388 \begin_inset Index idx
2391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2398 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2411 \begin_layout Description
2412 Article for basic articles
2415 \begin_layout Description
2416 Report for basic reports
2419 \begin_layout Description
2420 Book for writing a book
2423 \begin_layout Description
2424 Letter for US-style letters
2427 \begin_layout Standard
2428 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2429 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2430 will include many of these.
2431 Here are some of the classes.
2432 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2434 Special Document Classes
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2447 \begin_layout Description
2448 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2459 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2460 There are three article layouts available.
2461 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2462 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2463 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2464 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2469 sequential numbering
2470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2473 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2474 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2475 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2476 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Beamer Layout for presentations
2483 \begin_layout Description
2484 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2485 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2493 \begin_layout Description
2495 \begin_inset space ~
2498 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Foils Used to make transparencies
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2511 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2517 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2530 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2531 (Is used by this document.)
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2542 \begin_layout Description
2547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2554 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2555 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2557 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Slides Used to make transparencies
2564 \begin_layout Description
2566 \begin_inset space ~
2569 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2570 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2577 \begin_layout Standard
2578 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2580 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2586 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2587 of the document classes.
2590 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2594 \begin_layout Standard
2596 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2597 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2598 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2599 You will probably find
2601 that many of the document classes listed under
2603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2604 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2606 \begin_inset Index idx
2609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2627 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2628 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2629 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2630 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2635 \begin_inset space ~
2644 receive a warning saying that
2645 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2646 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2648 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2649 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2653 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2657 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2660 that something is wrong.
2663 \begin_layout Standard
2665 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2667 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2671 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2672 and some of them, like
2676 , are highly specialized.
2678 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2681 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2682 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2683 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2684 by some document class.
2685 There are just too many of them.
2686 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2690 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2698 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2699 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2700 document class for a new file.
2701 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2706 Installing new LaTeX files
2707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2714 manual for information on how to install them.
2715 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2721 \begin_layout Standard
2722 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2723 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2725 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2726 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2727 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2729 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2732 \begin_inset space ~
2739 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2751 \begin_inset Index idx
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 \begin_layout Standard
2764 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2765 chosen document class.
2766 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2767 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2774 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2778 \begin_inset Index idx
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2792 \begin_layout Standard
2793 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2794 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2795 or file format converters
2797 that are not always installed by default.
2798 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2799 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2801 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2805 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2806 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2809 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2810 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2811 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2812 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2814 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2818 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2820 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2822 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2825 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2827 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2831 \begin_inset Index idx
2834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2835 Reconfiguration of LyX
2841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2844 Installing new LaTeX files
2845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2852 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2855 \begin_layout Standard
2856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2864 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2865 LyX will advise you about these things.
2873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2878 Each class has a default set of options.
2879 Here's a quick table describing them:
2882 \begin_layout Standard
2883 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2889 \begin_layout Standard
2891 \begin_inset Tabular
2892 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2893 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3352 \begin_layout Standard
3353 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 You're probably also wondering what
3361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3365 \begin_inset space ~
3369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3373 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3374 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3379 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3384 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3394 headings, there are also
3402 headings, and so on.
3403 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3404 \begin_inset space ~
3408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3410 reference "sub:Headings"
3417 \begin_layout Subsection
3419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3421 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3426 \begin_inset Index idx
3429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3438 \begin_inset Index idx
3441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3450 \begin_layout Standard
3451 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3464 \begin_inset space ~
3469 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3471 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3472 to use for your document.
3473 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3477 \begin_layout Standard
3484 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3490 \begin_inset space ~
3495 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3496 You can choose between the following five options:
3499 \begin_layout Labeling
3500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3505 Use default page style of current class.
3508 \begin_layout Labeling
3509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3514 No page numbers or headings.
3517 \begin_layout Labeling
3518 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3526 \begin_layout Labeling
3527 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3532 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3533 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3534 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3537 \begin_layout Labeling
3538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3543 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3549 \begin_inset Index idx
3552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3553 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3559 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3560 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3562 Check the documentation for the
3566 package for more details,
3567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3576 \begin_layout Standard
3581 of paragraphs is described in section
3582 \begin_inset space ~
3586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3588 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3595 \begin_layout Subsection
3596 Paper Size and Orientation
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 Document ! Paper size
3607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3609 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3617 You'll find the following options in the menu
3620 \begin_inset space ~
3625 of the dialog of the
3627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3633 \begin_inset Index idx
3636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3645 \begin_layout Labeling
3646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3650 \begin_inset space ~
3655 What size paper to print on.
3659 \begin_layout Itemize
3665 \begin_layout Itemize
3675 \begin_layout Itemize
3681 \begin_layout Itemize
3687 \begin_layout Itemize
3693 \begin_layout Itemize
3699 \begin_layout Itemize
3705 \begin_layout Labeling
3706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3711 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3722 \begin_layout Labeling
3723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3727 \begin_inset space ~
3732 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3733 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3736 \begin_layout Subsection
3738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3745 \begin_inset Index idx
3748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3755 \begin_inset Index idx
3758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 Paper margins are set in the menu
3770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3774 \begin_inset Index idx
3777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3786 \begin_layout Standard
3787 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3788 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3789 the paper format and the font size into account.
3792 \begin_layout Subsection
3796 \begin_layout Standard
3797 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3802 That includes the paragraph environments.
3803 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3804 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3805 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3806 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3815 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3817 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3818 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3819 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3822 \begin_layout Section
3823 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3824 \begin_inset Index idx
3827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3828 Paragraph ! Indentation
3836 \begin_layout Subsection
3838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3840 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3848 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3849 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3852 \begin_layout Standard
3853 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3854 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3855 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3856 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3860 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3866 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3867 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3868 language than English.
3869 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3874 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3876 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3877 LyX takes care of that.
3878 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3880 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3881 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3882 of a page, and so on.
3886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3887 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3892 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3893 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3897 of these pre-coded spacings.
3898 We'll explain more later.
3901 \begin_layout Subsection
3902 Paragraph Separation
3903 \begin_inset Index idx
3906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3907 Paragraph ! Separation
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3916 To separate paragraphs, select
3927 \begin_inset space ~
3934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3938 \begin_inset Index idx
3941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3947 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3948 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3949 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3962 \begin_layout Standard
3963 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3964 \begin_inset space ~
3968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3970 reference "cap:Units"
3975 The default length is 30
3976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3982 \begin_layout Subsection
3986 \begin_layout Standard
3987 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3992 \begin_inset space ~
3997 dialog and toggle the
4000 \begin_inset space ~
4005 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4008 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4012 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4013 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4017 \begin_layout Standard
4018 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4019 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4022 \begin_layout Subsection
4024 \begin_inset Index idx
4027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4028 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4036 \begin_layout Standard
4039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4043 \begin_inset Index idx
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4055 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4058 \begin_inset space ~
4067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4068 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4073 \begin_inset Index idx
4076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4077 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4082 installed to use this feature.
4090 \begin_layout Section
4091 Paragraph Environments
4092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4094 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4099 \begin_inset Index idx
4102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4103 Paragraph ! Environments
4109 \begin_inset Index idx
4112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4113 Paragraph environments|(
4121 \begin_layout Subsection
4125 \begin_layout Standard
4126 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4129 \begin_layout Standard
4148 \begin_inset Newline newline
4151 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4152 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4153 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4162 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 A paragraph environment is simply a
4167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4174 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4175 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4176 scheme, labels, and so on.
4177 Additionally, you can
4178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4185 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4186 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4187 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4188 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4189 days of typewriters.
4190 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4192 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4195 \begin_layout Standard
4196 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4197 \begin_inset Graphics
4198 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4204 at the left end of the toolbar.
4205 LyX will change the environment of the
4209 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4210 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4211 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4215 \begin_layout Standard
4224 create a new paragraph using the
4228 paragraph environment.
4230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4237 because if you are in one of these environments:
4240 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 \begin_layout Itemize
4252 \begin_layout Itemize
4258 \begin_layout Itemize
4264 \begin_layout Itemize
4270 \begin_layout Itemize
4276 \begin_layout Itemize
4282 \begin_layout Standard
4283 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4287 , rather than resetting it to
4292 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4293 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4294 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4295 \begin_inset space ~
4299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4301 reference "sec:Nesting"
4306 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4311 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4312 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4316 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4322 \begin_layout Subsection
4326 \begin_layout Standard
4327 The default paragraph environment is
4332 It creates a plain paragraph.
4333 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4334 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4335 this manual) are in the
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4343 You can nest a paragraph using the
4347 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4355 \begin_layout Subsection
4357 \begin_inset Index idx
4360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4369 \begin_layout Standard
4370 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4379 for thanks or contact information.
4380 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4381 page along with today's date.
4382 For other types of documents, the title
4383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4390 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4394 \begin_layout Standard
4395 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4409 Here's how you use them:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 Put the title of your document in the
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 Put the author name in the
4428 \begin_layout Itemize
4429 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4430 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4436 Note that using this environment is optional.
4437 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4438 If you don't want any date, add the line
4439 \begin_inset Newline newline
4449 \begin_inset Newline newline
4452 to the preamble of your document (menu
4454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4460 \begin_layout Standard
4461 You can use footnotes to insert
4462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4469 or contact information.
4472 \begin_layout Subsection
4474 \begin_inset Index idx
4477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4493 \begin_layout Standard
4494 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4495 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4500 \begin_inset Index idx
4503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4504 Section headings ! Numbered
4512 \begin_layout Standard
4513 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4517 \begin_layout Enumerate
4523 \begin_layout Enumerate
4529 \begin_layout Enumerate
4535 \begin_layout Enumerate
4541 \begin_layout Enumerate
4547 \begin_layout Enumerate
4553 \begin_layout Enumerate
4559 \begin_layout Standard
4560 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4561 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4562 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4565 \begin_layout Standard
4566 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4567 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4568 You group the book into chapters.
4569 LyX does similar grouping:
4572 \begin_layout Itemize
4577 is divided in either
4588 \begin_layout Itemize
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4612 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 \begin_layout Itemize
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4648 \begin_layout Standard
4649 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4657 Not all document types use the
4661 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4666 is the top-level heading.
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4679 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4680 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4682 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4696 \begin_inset Index idx
4699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4700 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4708 \begin_layout Standard
4709 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4713 \begin_layout Enumerate
4719 \begin_layout Enumerate
4725 \begin_layout Enumerate
4731 \begin_layout Enumerate
4737 \begin_layout Enumerate
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4752 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4753 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4754 table of contents, see section
4755 \begin_inset space ~
4759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4769 Changing the Numbering
4770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4772 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4780 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4781 in the Table of Contents.
4782 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4784 Certain classes start with
4798 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4808 This is something you can change.
4811 \begin_layout Standard
4814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4820 \begin_inset Index idx
4823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4834 \begin_inset space ~
4838 \begin_inset space ~
4843 you'll see two counters.
4848 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4850 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4855 Short Titles of Headings
4856 \begin_inset Index idx
4859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4860 Section headings ! Short titles
4866 \begin_inset Argument
4869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4878 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4885 \begin_layout Standard
4886 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4887 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4888 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4889 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4893 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4894 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4895 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4896 To specify a short title, use the menu
4898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4900 \begin_inset space ~
4906 This will insert a box labeled
4907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4922 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4923 This also works for captions inside floats.
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4934 \begin_layout Standard
4935 The following information applies to all section headings:
4938 \begin_layout Itemize
4939 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4942 \begin_layout Itemize
4943 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4946 \begin_layout Itemize
4947 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4954 \begin_layout Subsection
4955 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4973 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4974 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4975 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4976 the text they contain.
4977 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4985 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4988 \begin_layout Standard
4989 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4998 when you start a new paragraph.
4999 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5003 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5004 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5005 to change back to the
5009 environment yourself.
5012 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 \begin_inset Index idx
5032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5041 \begin_layout Standard
5042 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5043 time for the differences.
5052 are identical except for one difference:
5056 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5065 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5068 \begin_layout Standard
5069 Here's an example of the
5082 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5084 See – no indentation!
5088 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5089 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5090 the other paragraph.
5093 \begin_layout Standard
5094 Here's another example, this time in the
5101 \begin_layout Quotation
5107 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5108 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5109 the first line, then
5113 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5117 you were quoting other text.
5120 \begin_layout Quotation
5121 Here's a new paragraph.
5122 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5123 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5126 \begin_layout Standard
5127 As the examples show,
5131 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5132 They should put quotes in the
5137 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5141 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5144 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5150 \begin_inset Index idx
5153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5162 \begin_inset Index idx
5165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5181 \begin_layout Standard
5186 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5192 \begin_inset Newline newline
5195 Which I did not rehearse!
5199 It could be much worse.
5200 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5202 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5203 indented a bit more than the first.
5204 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5210 \begin_inset Newline newline
5213 And make things look fine
5214 \begin_inset Newline newline
5220 arg "newline-insert newline"
5226 \begin_layout Standard
5231 does not indent both margins.
5232 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5233 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5240 arg "newline-insert newline"
5246 \begin_layout Subsection
5248 \begin_inset Index idx
5251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5268 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5278 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5287 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5288 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5289 some general features of all four of them.
5292 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5299 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5308 reset the environment to
5312 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5313 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5314 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5318 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5321 to break paragraphs.
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5325 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5326 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5328 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5329 you read all of section
5330 \begin_inset space ~
5334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5336 reference "sec:Nesting"
5344 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5350 \begin_inset Index idx
5353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5369 \begin_layout Standard
5370 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5374 paragraph environment.
5375 It has the following properties:
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5379 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5383 \begin_layout Itemize
5384 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5387 \begin_layout Itemize
5388 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 The items can have any length.
5394 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5395 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 environment inside another
5411 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5419 \begin_layout Itemize
5420 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 \begin_inset space ~
5429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5431 reference "sec:Nesting"
5435 for a full explanation of nesting.
5439 \begin_layout Standard
5440 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5449 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5452 \begin_layout Standard
5453 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5454 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 The label for the first level
5462 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5466 \begin_layout Itemize
5467 The label for the second level is a dash.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5481 \begin_layout Itemize
5482 Back out to the third level.
5486 \begin_layout Itemize
5487 Back to the second level.
5491 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 Back to the outermost level.
5495 \begin_layout Standard
5496 These are the default labels for an
5501 You can customize these labels in the
5503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5506 dialog in the submenu
5513 \begin_inset Index idx
5516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5525 \begin_layout Standard
5526 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5527 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5529 \begin_inset space ~
5533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5535 reference "sec:Nesting"
5542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5548 \begin_inset Index idx
5551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5560 name "sec:Enumerate"
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5572 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5573 It has these properties:
5576 \begin_layout Enumerate
5577 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5581 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 environment resets the counter to one.
5598 \begin_layout Enumerate
5611 \begin_layout Enumerate
5612 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5613 Items can have any length.
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5620 \begin_layout Enumerate
5621 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5629 \begin_layout Standard
5638 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5639 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 The first level of an
5651 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5675 \begin_layout Enumerate
5676 Back to the third level
5680 \begin_layout Enumerate
5681 Back to the second level.
5685 \begin_layout Enumerate
5686 Back to the outermost level.
5689 \begin_layout Standard
5690 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5695 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5700 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5704 \begin_layout Standard
5705 There is more to nesting
5709 environments than we've stated here.
5710 You should read section
5711 \begin_inset space ~
5715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5717 reference "sec:Nesting"
5721 to learn more about nesting.
5724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5730 \begin_inset Index idx
5733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5742 \begin_layout Standard
5743 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5747 list has no fixed label.
5748 Instead, LyX uses the first
5749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5756 of the first line as the label.
5760 \begin_layout Description
5761 Example: This is an example of the
5768 \begin_layout Standard
5769 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5773 \begin_layout Standard
5775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5782 it is meant that the first hit of the
5786 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5788 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5796 arg "space-insert protected"
5801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5802 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5816 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5820 for more info.) Here is an example:
5823 \begin_layout Description
5825 \begin_inset space ~
5828 Example: This one shows how to use a
5831 \begin_inset space ~
5843 \begin_layout Description
5844 Usage: You should use the
5848 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5849 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5851 It's not a good idea to use a
5855 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5856 You're better off using
5868 paragraphs into them.
5871 \begin_layout Description
5872 Nesting: You can nest
5876 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5880 \begin_layout Standard
5881 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5882 them from the first line.
5885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5891 \begin_inset Index idx
5894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5908 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5912 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5920 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5925 environment is named
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5946 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5947 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5950 \begin_layout Labeling
5951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5953 \begin_inset space ~
5956 labels LyX uses the first
5957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5964 of each line as the item label.
5969 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5970 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5971 blank as described above.
5974 \begin_layout Labeling
5975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5976 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5977 the body of the item text.
5978 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5979 label width plus a little extra space.
5983 \begin_layout Labeling
5984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 \begin_inset space ~
5989 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5991 If the label width is larger, the label
5992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5999 into the first line.
6000 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6001 margin of the rest of the item text.
6004 \begin_layout Labeling
6005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6007 \begin_inset space ~
6010 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6015 environment have the same left margin.
6016 \begin_inset Newline newline
6019 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6024 \begin_inset space ~
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6038 determines the default label width.
6039 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6048 multiple times instead.
6049 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6058 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6066 every time you alter a label in a
6071 \begin_inset Newline newline
6074 The predefined default width is the length of
6075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6096 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6097 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6105 \begin_layout Standard
6110 environment the same way like the
6114 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6120 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6124 \begin_layout Standard
6129 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6131 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6133 \begin_inset space ~
6137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6139 reference "sec:Nesting"
6143 to learn about nesting.
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6147 There is yet another feature of the
6151 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6153 You can use additional
6157 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6162 are documented in section
6163 \begin_inset space ~
6167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6169 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6174 Here are some examples:
6175 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6181 \begin_layout Labeling
6182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6183 Left The default for
6190 \begin_layout Labeling
6191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6192 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6199 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6202 \begin_layout Labeling
6203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6208 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6215 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6218 \begin_layout Subsection
6220 \begin_inset Index idx
6223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6232 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6240 \begin_inset space ~
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6249 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6263 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6264 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6265 In contrast, you can use the
6272 \begin_inset space ~
6277 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6278 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6283 Of course, you're not limited to using
6290 \begin_inset space ~
6299 \begin_inset space ~
6304 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6305 some European academic papers.
6308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6312 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6319 \begin_layout Standard
6324 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6325 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6329 \begin_inset space ~
6334 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6335 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6336 Here's an example of each:
6339 \begin_layout Right Address
6341 \begin_inset Newline newline
6345 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 \begin_inset Newline newline
6352 When is it? What is today?
6355 \begin_layout Standard
6359 \begin_inset space ~
6365 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6366 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6367 Here's an example of the
6374 \begin_layout Address
6376 \begin_inset Newline newline
6379 Where do I send this
6380 \begin_inset Newline newline
6383 Your post office and country
6386 \begin_layout Standard
6387 As you can see, both
6394 \begin_inset space ~
6399 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6404 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6410 This makes sense, since
6418 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6419 Thus, you have to use
6426 arg "newline-insert newline"
6432 \begin_inset space ~
6435 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6437 \begin_inset space ~
6446 menu) to start a new line in an
6453 \begin_inset space ~
6461 \begin_layout Subsection
6465 \begin_layout Standard
6466 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6467 or list of references.
6468 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6475 \begin_inset Index idx
6478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6492 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6493 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6494 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6495 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6499 in anything else or vice versa.
6505 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6506 The book document classes ignores the
6510 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6514 in a letter document class.
6517 \begin_layout Standard
6522 environment does several things for you.
6523 First, it puts the centered label
6524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6532 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6534 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6535 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6536 the subsequent text.
6537 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6538 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6542 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6546 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6547 The new paragraph will still be in the
6552 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6553 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6556 \begin_layout Standard
6557 \begin_inset Float figure
6562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6564 \begin_inset Graphics
6565 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6573 \begin_inset Caption
6575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6578 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6599 \begin_layout Standard
6600 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6604 environment, but since this document is in the
6605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6612 class, we can't do this.
6613 We inserted it therefore as figure
6614 \begin_inset space ~
6618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6620 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6625 If you've never heard of an
6626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6633 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6642 \begin_inset Index idx
6645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6654 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6661 \begin_layout Standard
6666 environment is used to list references.
6667 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6668 only use it at the end of the document.
6673 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6676 \begin_layout Standard
6677 When you first open a
6681 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6697 depending on the document class.
6698 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6699 Each paragraph of the
6703 environment is a bibliography entry.
6708 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6709 Each new paragraph is still in the
6716 \begin_layout Standard
6717 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6718 by using a BibTeX database.
6719 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6720 phy handling, have a look at in section
6721 \begin_inset space ~
6725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6727 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6734 \begin_layout Subsection
6738 \begin_inset Index idx
6741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6742 Paragraph ! LyX code
6748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6762 environment is another LyX extension.
6763 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6768 key as a fixed whitespace;
6772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6784 \begin_inset space ~
6789 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6794 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6795 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6798 arg "newline-insert newline"
6815 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6816 So, when you finish using the
6820 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6821 Also, you can nest the
6825 environment inside of others.
6828 \begin_layout Standard
6829 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6832 \begin_layout Itemize
6836 arg "newline-insert newline"
6839 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6844 \begin_inset space \space{}
6854 arg "newline-insert newline"
6860 \begin_layout Itemize
6864 arg "newline-insert newline"
6875 \begin_layout Itemize
6880 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6887 \begin_layout Itemize
6891 arg "space-insert protected"
6898 \begin_layout Itemize
6899 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6900 You must put at least one
6904 in any line you want blank.
6905 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6908 \begin_layout Itemize
6909 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6913 since that will insert
6918 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6921 arg "self-insert \""
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6931 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6935 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6939 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6943 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6947 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6948 printf("Hello World!
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 This is just the standard
6963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6979 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6980 rc-files, and so on.
6981 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6982 as if you used a typewriter.
6983 \begin_inset Index idx
6986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6987 Paragraph environments|)
6995 \begin_layout Section
6996 Nesting Environments
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Nesting ! Environments
7007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7016 \begin_layout Subsection
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7023 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7025 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7027 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7039 \begin_layout Enumerate
7043 \begin_layout Enumerate
7048 \begin_layout Enumerate
7052 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7061 \begin_layout Standard
7062 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7063 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7066 \begin_inset space ~
7070 \begin_inset space ~
7078 \begin_inset space ~
7082 \begin_inset space ~
7091 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7092 will tell you how far you are nested).
7093 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7094 \begin_inset Graphics
7095 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7097 groupId toolbarbuttons
7102 \begin_inset Graphics
7103 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7105 groupId toolbarbuttons
7109 or the convenient key bindings
7120 arg "depth-increment"
7126 arg "depth-decrement"
7129 to change the nesting level.
7130 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7131 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7135 \begin_layout Standard
7136 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7137 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7138 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7139 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7143 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7144 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7146 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7149 \begin_layout Subsection
7150 What You Can and Can't Nest
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7155 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7158 \begin_layout Standard
7159 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7160 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7161 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7164 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 Completely unnestable
7168 \begin_layout Itemize
7169 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7173 \begin_layout Itemize
7174 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7178 \begin_layout Standard
7179 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7180 environments have them:
7183 \begin_layout Description
7184 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7185 Can't nest into them.
7189 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Description
7222 \begin_inset space ~
7225 Nestable You can nest them.
7226 You can nest other things into them.
7230 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Itemize
7248 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Itemize
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7266 \begin_layout Itemize
7272 \begin_layout Itemize
7279 \begin_layout Description
7280 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7281 You can't nest anything into them.
7285 \begin_layout Itemize
7291 \begin_layout Itemize
7297 \begin_layout Itemize
7303 \begin_layout Itemize
7309 \begin_layout Itemize
7315 \begin_layout Itemize
7321 \begin_layout Itemize
7327 \begin_layout Itemize
7333 \begin_layout Itemize
7339 \begin_layout Itemize
7345 \begin_layout Itemize
7351 \begin_layout Itemize
7357 \begin_layout Itemize
7363 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_inset space ~
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7380 \begin_layout Standard
7381 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7389 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7398 \begin_inset space ~
7402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7406 \begin_inset space \space{}
7409 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7410 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7411 section headings violate this.
7419 \begin_layout Subsection
7420 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7421 \begin_inset Index idx
7424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7425 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7434 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7435 affected by nesting anyhow.
7439 \begin_layout Itemize
7443 \begin_layout Itemize
7447 \begin_layout Itemize
7451 \begin_layout Standard
7453 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7461 Figures and tables in
7465 are not affected by this.
7470 Have a look at section
7471 \begin_inset space ~
7475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7477 reference "sec:Floats"
7481 for more information about
7488 \begin_layout Standard
7489 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7490 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7494 \begin_layout Standard
7495 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7503 of its own, it behaves just like a
7504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7511 paragraph environment.
7512 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 Here's an example with a table:
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 \begin_layout Enumerate
7526 This is (a) and it's nested.
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Tabular
7540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7541 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7627 \begin_layout Standard
7628 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7635 \begin_layout Enumerate
7637 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7641 \begin_layout Enumerate
7645 \begin_layout Standard
7646 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7649 \begin_layout Enumerate
7654 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 This is (a) and it's nested.
7659 \begin_layout Standard
7660 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7666 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset Tabular
7669 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7670 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7757 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7763 \begin_layout Enumerate
7770 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7777 \begin_layout Standard
7778 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7782 \begin_layout Standard
7783 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7785 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7788 \begin_layout Enumerate
7793 \begin_layout Enumerate
7794 This is (a) and it's nested.
7797 \begin_layout Standard
7798 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7804 \begin_layout Standard
7806 \begin_inset Tabular
7807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7808 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7894 \begin_layout Standard
7895 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7901 \begin_layout Enumerate
7903 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7916 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7922 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7923 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7927 \begin_layout Subsection
7928 Usage and General Features
7931 \begin_layout Standard
7932 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7941 is the innermost possible depth.
7942 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7945 \begin_layout Enumerate
7946 level #1 – outermost
7950 \begin_layout Enumerate
7955 \begin_layout Enumerate
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \begin_layout Itemize
7970 \begin_layout Itemize
7979 \begin_layout Standard
7980 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7981 both of them in the example.
7982 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7992 For example, if we tried to nest another
7997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8004 , we would get errors.
8007 \begin_layout Subsection
8009 \begin_inset Index idx
8012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8021 \begin_layout Standard
8022 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8023 We have several examples of nested environments.
8024 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8029 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8032 \begin_layout Labeling
8033 \labelwidthstring MMM
8034 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8043 \begin_layout Labeling
8044 \labelwidthstring MMM
8045 #2-a This is level #2.
8046 We created it by using
8049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8055 arg "depth-increment"
8062 \begin_layout Labeling
8063 \labelwidthstring MMM
8064 #3-a This is level #3.
8065 This time, we just hit
8072 arg "depth-increment"
8076 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8080 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8086 arg "depth-increment"
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8098 environment, nested inside of
8099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8107 So, it's at level #4.
8108 We did this by hitting
8111 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8117 arg "depth-increment"
8120 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8125 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8146 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8149 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8155 \begin_layout Labeling
8156 \labelwidthstring MMM
8157 #4-a This is level #4.
8161 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8164 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8169 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8173 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8178 keep nesting things inside
8179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8190 \begin_layout Labeling
8191 \labelwidthstring MMM
8192 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8197 \begin_layout Labeling
8198 \labelwidthstring MMM
8199 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8200 and this is level #6.
8201 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8205 \begin_layout Labeling
8206 \labelwidthstring MMM
8207 #5-b Back to level #5.
8211 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8217 arg "depth-decrement"
8224 \begin_layout Labeling
8225 \labelwidthstring MMM
8229 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8235 arg "depth-decrement"
8238 , we're back at level #4.
8242 \begin_layout Labeling
8243 \labelwidthstring MMM
8244 #3-b Back to level #3.
8245 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8249 \begin_layout Labeling
8250 \labelwidthstring MMM
8251 #2-b Back to level #2.
8256 \begin_layout Labeling
8257 \labelwidthstring MMM
8258 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8259 After this sentence, we'll hit
8263 and change the paragraph environment back to
8270 \begin_layout Standard
8271 We could have also used the
8287 environment in place of the
8292 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8296 Example 2: Inheritance
8299 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8300 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8303 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8312 arg "depth-increment"
8315 , after which, we'll change to the
8323 \begin_layout Enumerate
8328 environment, at level #2.
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Notice how the nested
8336 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8340 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8344 \begin_layout Standard
8345 We ended this example by hitting
8350 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8354 and reset the nesting depth by using
8357 arg "depth-decrement"
8363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8364 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8373 \begin_inset Argument
8376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8377 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8385 \begin_layout Enumerate
8386 This is level #1, in an
8390 paragraph environment.
8391 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8406 arg "depth-increment"
8410 Now, what happens if we nest an
8414 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8415 label be? An asterisk?
8419 \begin_layout Itemize
8429 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8430 So, its label is a bullet.
8431 (We got here by using
8434 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8440 arg "depth-increment"
8443 , then changing the environment to
8451 \begin_layout Itemize
8452 Here's level #4, produced using
8455 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8461 arg "depth-increment"
8465 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8471 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8473 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8478 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8482 , because we are in the
8491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8510 \begin_layout Enumerate
8515 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8516 type of numbering does LyX use?
8519 \begin_layout Enumerate
8520 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8523 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8526 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8529 \begin_layout Enumerate
8533 arg "depth-decrement"
8536 to decrease the depth after the next
8539 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8546 \begin_layout Enumerate
8548 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8552 \begin_layout Enumerate
8554 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8555 numeral as the label.Why?
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8559 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8568 Notice, however, that LyX
8572 reset the counter for the label.
8576 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8586 arg "depth-decrement"
8589 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8590 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8591 into the twofold-nested
8599 \begin_layout Enumerate
8600 The same thing happens if we do another
8603 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8609 arg "depth-decrement"
8612 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8616 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8621 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8635 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8641 The same rule applies for the
8645 environment, as well.
8648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8649 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8652 \begin_layout Enumerate
8653 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8654 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8655 same detail with how we did it.
8664 \begin_layout Standard
8672 arg "depth-increment"
8679 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8680 example in parentheses someplace.
8681 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8682 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8683 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8687 \begin_layout Enumerate
8692 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8697 Now we'll add verse.
8698 \begin_inset Newline newline
8701 It will get much worse.
8702 \begin_inset Newline newline
8712 arg "depth-increment"
8723 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8724 \begin_inset Newline newline
8727 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8728 \begin_inset Newline newline
8734 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8748 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8754 \begin_layout Standard
8756 \begin_inset Tabular
8757 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8758 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8849 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8859 arg "depth-increment"
8865 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8875 arg "depth-decrement"
8882 \begin_layout Enumerate
8887 : level #1) This is another item.
8888 Note that selecting a
8892 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8893 3 times to put the table inside the
8901 \begin_layout Quotation
8902 We're now ending the
8906 list and changing to
8911 We're still at level #1.
8912 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8913 The next set of paragraphs is a
8914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8928 \begin_inset space ~
8933 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8937 for the letter body.
8941 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8944 to preserve the depth.
8945 Remember that you need to use
8948 arg "newline-insert newline"
8951 to create multiple lines inside the
8958 \begin_inset space ~
8968 \begin_layout Right Address
8970 \begin_inset Newline newline
8973 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8974 \begin_inset Newline newline
8980 \begin_layout Address
8982 \begin_inset space ~
8988 \begin_layout Quotation
8989 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8993 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8994 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8995 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8996 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8997 as soon as possible.
8998 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9001 \begin_layout Quotation
9002 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9003 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9004 with your order, along with payment.
9007 \begin_layout Quotation
9008 We thank you again for your patience.
9011 \begin_layout Address
9013 \begin_inset Newline newline
9020 \begin_layout Quotation
9021 That ends that example!
9024 \begin_layout Standard
9025 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9026 just a few keystrokes.
9027 We could have easily nested an
9048 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9051 \begin_layout Section
9052 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9053 \begin_inset Index idx
9056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9067 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9068 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9069 be broken at the end of a line.
9070 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9074 \begin_layout Subsection
9076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9078 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9083 \begin_inset Index idx
9086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9095 \begin_layout Standard
9096 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9098 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9102 Further documentation is given in section
9103 \begin_inset Newline newline
9107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9109 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9117 \begin_layout Standard
9118 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9133 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9142 A protected space is set with
9144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9145 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9149 \begin_inset space ~
9159 arg "space-insert protected"
9165 \begin_layout Subsection
9167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9169 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9174 \begin_inset Index idx
9177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9178 Spacing ! Horizontal
9186 \begin_layout Standard
9187 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9190 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9194 The length units are listed in Appendix
9195 \begin_inset space ~
9199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9201 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9208 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9212 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9217 \begin_inset Index idx
9220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9229 \begin_layout Standard
9231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9235 \begin_inset space \space{}
9238 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9239 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9240 \begin_inset space ~
9244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9246 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9251 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9252 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9255 arg "space-insert normal"
9261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9265 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9270 \begin_inset Index idx
9273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9282 \begin_layout Standard
9284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9291 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9300 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9301 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9302 inside abbreviations:
9307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9311 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9314 \begin_layout Standard
9315 or between values and units.
9316 Compare for example this:
9317 \begin_inset Newline newline
9321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9325 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_layout Standard
9332 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9335 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9337 \begin_inset space ~
9345 arg "space-insert thin"
9351 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9355 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9362 \begin_layout Standard
9363 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9366 \begin_layout Description
9368 \begin_inset space ~
9372 \begin_inset space ~
9376 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9380 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9384 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9387 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9390 \begin_layout Description
9392 \begin_inset space ~
9396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9400 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9404 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9408 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9415 em) space between the arrows.
9418 \begin_layout Description
9420 \begin_inset space ~
9424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9428 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9432 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9436 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9440 \begin_inset space ~
9444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9447 em) space between the arrows.
9450 \begin_layout Description
9452 \begin_inset space ~
9456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9460 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9464 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9468 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9472 \begin_inset space ~
9476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9479 em) space between the arrows.
9482 \begin_layout Description
9484 \begin_inset space ~
9488 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9492 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9497 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9504 cm space between the arrows.
9507 \begin_layout Standard
9509 \begin_inset space ~
9513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9515 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9519 lists the different space sizes.
9522 \begin_layout Standard
9523 \begin_inset Float table
9528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 \begin_inset Caption
9532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9535 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9539 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9549 \begin_inset Tabular
9550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9776 \begin_inset Index idx
9779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9788 \begin_layout Standard
9789 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9790 in a uniform fashion.
9791 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9792 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9793 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9794 equally between themselves.
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9804 This is on the left side
9805 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9808 This is on the right
9814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9827 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9835 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9842 That was an example in the
9848 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9852 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9856 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9859 is one in a standard paragraph.
9860 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9864 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9867 \begin_layout Standard
9868 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9871 \begin_inset space ~
9876 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9879 \begin_layout Standard
9881 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9885 \begin_inset space ~
9891 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9897 \begin_inset space ~
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9905 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9909 \begin_inset space ~
9915 \begin_layout Standard
9917 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9921 \begin_inset space ~
9927 \begin_layout Standard
9929 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9939 \begin_layout Standard
9941 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9945 \begin_inset space ~
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9960 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9964 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9965 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9966 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9970 option in the space dialog.
9978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9980 \begin_inset Index idx
9983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9992 \begin_layout Standard
9993 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9999 \begin_inset space \space{}
10002 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10006 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10009 What is correct English?:
10010 \begin_inset Newline newline
10014 \begin_inset Newline newline
10018 \begin_inset space ~
10021 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10022 \begin_inset Newline newline
10026 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10037 \begin_inset Newline newline
10041 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10052 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10058 \begin_layout Standard
10059 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10064 \begin_inset space ~
10068 \begin_inset space ~
10072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10076 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10079 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10083 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10089 \begin_inset space ~
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10100 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10109 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10110 That is why it is named
10111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10119 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10120 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10124 \begin_layout Subsection
10126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10128 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10133 \begin_inset Index idx
10136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10145 \begin_layout Standard
10146 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10149 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10151 \begin_inset space ~
10157 There you find the following sizes:
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10173 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10178 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10184 \begin_inset Index idx
10187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10188 Document ! Settings
10193 for the paragraph separation.
10194 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10211 \begin_inset Index idx
10214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10220 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10221 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10223 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10224 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10233 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10242 s are described in section
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10249 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10258 If there are several
10262 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10263 You can therefore use
10267 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10270 \begin_layout Standard
10275 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10282 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10289 \begin_layout Standard
10290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10300 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10301 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10313 \begin_layout Subsection
10314 Paragraph Alignment
10317 \begin_layout Standard
10318 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10320 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10324 There are five possibilities:
10327 \begin_layout Itemize
10335 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10341 \begin_layout Itemize
10349 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10355 \begin_layout Itemize
10363 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10369 \begin_layout Itemize
10377 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10383 \begin_layout Itemize
10391 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10397 \begin_layout Standard
10398 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10399 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10400 the left and right margins.
10401 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10404 \begin_layout Standard
10406 This paragraph is right aligned,
10409 \begin_layout Standard
10411 this one is centered,
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10416 this one is left aligned.
10419 \begin_layout Subsection
10421 \begin_inset Index idx
10424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 Page breaks ! Forced
10431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10433 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10440 \begin_layout Standard
10441 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10442 can force a page break where you want one.
10443 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10444 Only if you use a lot of
10448 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10451 \begin_layout Standard
10452 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10453 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10457 have to change the page breaking.
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10463 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10466 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10468 \begin_inset space ~
10474 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10477 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10484 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10486 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10487 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10490 \begin_layout Standard
10491 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10492 at the top of a page.
10493 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10494 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10495 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10496 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10500 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10504 to learn more about
10511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10515 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10520 \begin_inset Index idx
10523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10524 Page breaks ! Clear
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10533 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10534 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10535 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10536 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10537 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10540 \begin_layout Standard
10541 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10544 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10546 \begin_inset space ~
10552 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10555 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10557 \begin_inset space ~
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10566 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10567 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10570 \begin_layout Subsection
10572 \begin_inset Index idx
10575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10584 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10592 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10594 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10597 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10599 \begin_inset space ~
10603 \begin_inset space ~
10611 arg "newline-insert newline"
10615 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10618 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10620 \begin_inset space ~
10624 \begin_inset space ~
10629 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10631 This is necessary to avoid
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10639 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10642 \begin_layout Standard
10643 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10644 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10645 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10646 set a line break, e.
10647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10651 \begin_inset space \space{}
10654 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10655 \begin_inset space ~
10659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10661 reference "sec:Quote"
10666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10668 reference "sec:Verse"
10673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10675 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10682 \begin_layout Subsection
10684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10686 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10691 \begin_inset Index idx
10694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10703 \begin_layout Standard
10705 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10720 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10722 \begin_inset space ~
10727 you can insert horizontal lines.
10728 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10729 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10734 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10749 \begin_layout Section
10750 Characters and Symbols
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10754 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10755 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10760 \begin_inset space \space{}
10763 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10771 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10775 for information on how this is done.
10778 \begin_layout Standard
10779 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10784 dialog via the menu
10786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10787 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10802 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10803 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10804 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10812 \begin_layout Section
10813 Fonts and Text Styles
10814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10816 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10823 \begin_layout Subsection
10825 \begin_inset Index idx
10828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10837 \begin_layout Standard
10838 There are two types of fonts:
10841 \begin_layout Description
10843 \begin_inset space ~
10847 \begin_inset Index idx
10850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10856 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10861 characters) in the font.
10862 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10863 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10864 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10865 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10866 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10867 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10868 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10869 \begin_inset Newline newline
10872 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10873 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10874 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10875 sizes than at small ones.
10876 \begin_inset Newline newline
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10898 \begin_layout Description
10900 \begin_inset space ~
10904 \begin_inset Index idx
10907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10913 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10914 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10915 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10916 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10917 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10918 picture manipulation program.
10919 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10920 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10921 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10922 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10923 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10925 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10926 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10927 \begin_inset Newline newline
10930 Bitmap fonts are named
10933 \begin_inset space ~
10938 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10943 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10944 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10945 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10946 use scalable fonts.
10949 \begin_layout Standard
10950 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10951 its document properties.
10954 \begin_layout Standard
10955 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10956 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10957 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10958 font to emphasize text, you use an
10959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10967 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10968 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10972 \begin_layout Subsection
10974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10976 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10983 \begin_layout Standard
10984 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10985 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10986 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10988 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10989 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10990 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10991 to usual word processors.
10992 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10993 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10994 across different machines.
10995 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10996 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10998 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11006 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11011 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11012 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11016 \begin_layout Standard
11017 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11018 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11019 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11020 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11021 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11022 that is installed on your system.
11023 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11026 \begin_layout Standard
11027 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11035 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11036 es; so you might have to experiment.
11044 \begin_layout Standard
11045 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11053 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11054 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11062 \begin_layout Subsection
11063 Document Font and Font size
11064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11066 name "sub:Document-Font"
11071 \begin_inset Index idx
11074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11081 \begin_inset Index idx
11084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11093 \begin_layout Standard
11094 You can set the document fonts in the
11096 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11100 \begin_inset Index idx
11103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11104 Document ! Settings
11114 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11115 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11118 \begin_inset space ~
11127 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11128 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11132 \begin_layout Standard
11139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11148 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11149 This requires that you use
11155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11194 as output format, i.
11195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11199 \begin_inset space ~
11202 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11203 \begin_inset space ~
11207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11209 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11214 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11216 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11218 \begin_inset space ~
11221 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11222 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11223 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11225 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11229 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11234 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11239 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11240 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11262 European Computer Modern
11265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11272 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11284 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11285 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11290 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11293 \begin_inset space ~
11298 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11304 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11305 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11308 \begin_layout Itemize
11317 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11331 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11335 as the default font.
11336 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11337 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11350 One difference is improved kerning for the
11362 \begin_layout Itemize
11371 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11375 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11390 Virtual means that it
11391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11402 -glyphs from other fonts.
11403 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11425 Loading the LaTeX-package
11430 \begin_inset Index idx
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11439 with the document preamble line
11440 \begin_inset Newline newline
11447 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11448 \begin_inset Newline newline
11453 will fix the guillemet problem.
11458 and that accented characters are not
11462 glyph, but build of
11466 characters, the accent and the letter.
11467 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11473 If you search for example for the French word
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11481 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11490 and not for the glyph
11491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11495 \begin_inset space ~
11499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11505 \begin_layout Itemize
11506 If you do not like the look of
11514 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11519 \begin_inset space ~
11533 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11534 \begin_inset space ~
11537 serif and typewriter fonts
11541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11542 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11554 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11567 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11581 , but you can also select your own.
11582 \begin_inset Newline newline
11585 The differences between roman,
11588 \begin_inset space ~
11597 fonts are explained in section
11598 \begin_inset space ~
11602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11604 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11609 \begin_inset Newline newline
11616 was originally designed for newspapers.
11617 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11618 into the small newspaper columns.
11623 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11624 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11627 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11640 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11645 depends on the class you are using.
11646 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11649 \begin_layout Standard
11650 Note that the font size is the
11655 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11656 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11657 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11660 \begin_inset space ~
11666 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11667 \begin_inset space ~
11671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11673 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11685 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11687 \begin_inset space ~
11690 serif or typewriter.
11695 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11705 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11708 \begin_layout Standard
11717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11726 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11732 \begin_inset space ~
11736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11738 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11743 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11744 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11751 \begin_layout Standard
11752 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11754 Use Old Style Figures
11758 Use True Small Caps
11761 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11764 Use Old Style Figures
11766 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11772 \begin_inset space ~
11775 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11778 Use True Small Caps
11780 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11781 of scaled capitals.
11782 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11783 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11786 \begin_layout Standard
11791 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11792 a font to display the script characters.
11796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11797 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11802 So this has no effect for the document language
11818 \begin_layout Standard
11819 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11831 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11835 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11836 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11837 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11839 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11842 dialog, see section
11843 \begin_inset space ~
11847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11849 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11861 \begin_layout Subsection
11862 Using Different Character Styles
11863 \begin_inset Index idx
11866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11873 \begin_inset Index idx
11876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11885 \begin_layout Standard
11886 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11887 certain paragraph environments.
11888 LyX supports two character styles,
11897 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11901 \begin_layout Standard
11906 style, do one of the following:
11909 \begin_layout Itemize
11910 click on the toolbar button
11911 \begin_inset Graphics
11912 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11914 groupId toolbarbuttons
11921 \begin_layout Itemize
11922 use the key binding
11931 \begin_layout Standard
11932 These commands are all toggles.
11937 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11940 \begin_layout Standard
11941 One typically uses the
11945 style for proper names.
11947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11954 is the original author of LyX.
11955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11961 \begin_layout Standard
11962 A more widely used character style is the
11967 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11974 \begin_layout Itemize
11975 clicking on the toolbar button
11976 \begin_inset Graphics
11977 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11979 groupId toolbarbuttons
11986 \begin_layout Itemize
11987 using the keybindings
11996 \begin_layout Standard
12001 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12002 es use a different font.
12005 \begin_layout Standard
12006 We've been using the
12010 style all over the place in this document.
12011 Here's one more example:
12014 \begin_layout Quotation
12017 Don't overuse character styles!
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12021 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12022 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12023 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12024 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12028 \begin_layout Standard
12029 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12039 \begin_inset space ~
12047 \begin_layout Subsection
12048 Fine-Tuning with the
12053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12055 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12060 \begin_inset Index idx
12063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12072 \begin_layout Standard
12073 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12074 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12075 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12076 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12077 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12078 from ordinary dialog.
12081 \begin_layout Standard
12082 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12083 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12084 \begin_inset Newline newline
12087 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12088 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12091 \begin_layout Standard
12092 To use custom character styles, open the
12094 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12096 \begin_inset space ~
12102 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12103 font property which you can choose.
12104 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12107 \begin_inset space ~
12112 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12117 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12118 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12119 environments in a snap.
12122 \begin_layout Standard
12123 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12126 \begin_inset space ~
12138 \begin_layout Labeling
12139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12153 The possible options are:
12157 \begin_layout Labeling
12158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12163 This is the Roman font family.
12164 Normally a serif font.
12165 It's also the default family.
12175 \begin_layout Labeling
12176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12180 \begin_inset space ~
12187 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12199 \begin_layout Labeling
12200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12207 This is the Typewriter font family.
12213 arg "font-typewriter"
12222 \begin_layout Labeling
12223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12228 This corresponds to the print weight.
12233 \begin_layout Labeling
12234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12239 This is the Medium font series.
12240 It's also the default series.
12243 \begin_layout Labeling
12244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12251 This is the Bold font series.
12264 \begin_layout Labeling
12265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12270 As the name implies.
12275 \begin_layout Labeling
12276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12281 This is the Upright font shape.
12282 It's also the default shape.
12285 \begin_layout Labeling
12286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12300 s the Italic font shape
12306 \begin_layout Labeling
12307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12314 This is the Slanted font shape
12316 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12319 \begin_layout Labeling
12320 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12324 \begin_inset space ~
12331 This is the Small caps font shape
12338 \begin_layout Labeling
12339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12344 Alters the size of the font.
12345 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12346 nal to the document font size.
12347 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12348 what you want to do.
12353 \begin_layout Labeling
12354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12375 arg "font-size tiny"
12381 \begin_layout Labeling
12382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12403 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12409 \begin_layout Labeling
12410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12431 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12437 \begin_layout Labeling
12438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 arg "font-size small"
12465 \begin_layout Labeling
12466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12480 It's also the default size.
12484 arg "font-size normal"
12490 \begin_layout Labeling
12491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12512 arg "font-size large"
12518 \begin_layout Labeling
12519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12540 arg "font-size larger"
12546 \begin_layout Labeling
12547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12568 arg "font-size largest"
12574 \begin_layout Labeling
12575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12596 arg "font-size huge"
12602 \begin_layout Labeling
12603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12624 arg "font-size giant"
12631 \begin_layout Standard
12636 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12637 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12638 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12639 — use that instead.
12640 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12643 \begin_layout Labeling
12644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12649 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12654 \begin_layout Labeling
12655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12662 This is text with emphasize on
12665 This might seem like the same as
12669 , but it is actually a bit different.
12675 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12677 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12680 \begin_layout Labeling
12681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12688 This is text with Underbar on.
12694 arg "font-underline"
12700 \begin_inset Newline newline
12705 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12706 when you couldn't change fonts.
12707 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12708 It's only included in LyX because some people
12712 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12715 \begin_layout Labeling
12716 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12723 This is text with Noun on.
12730 , this is a logical attribute.
12731 Normally it's equivalent to
12734 \begin_inset space ~
12743 \begin_layout Labeling
12744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12749 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12750 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12754 \begin_inset space ~
12759 , which is the default
12760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12767 and means normally black, you can choose between
12800 \begin_inset Index idx
12803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12812 \begin_layout Labeling
12813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12818 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12819 the language of the document.
12820 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12824 \begin_layout Standard
12825 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12826 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12828 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12830 \begin_inset space ~
12835 dialog, the settings are saved.
12836 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12837 \begin_inset Graphics
12838 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12840 groupId toolbarbuttons
12845 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12846 when the dialog isn't visible.
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12858 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12859 (suppose you just set the shape to
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12878 \begin_inset space ~
12890 \begin_layout Standard
12891 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12899 \begin_inset space ~
12911 \begin_layout Itemize
12917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12924 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 \begin_inset Newline newline
12946 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12960 \begin_inset Note Note
12963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12964 For more on phantoms see section
12965 \begin_inset space ~
12969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12971 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12981 \begin_inset Newline newline
12987 \begin_layout Itemize
12992 fonts use characters with serifs.
12993 These are the small
12994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13001 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13002 The following example will show the difference:
13003 \begin_inset Newline newline
13007 \begin_inset Newline newline
13012 text without serifs
13015 \begin_inset Newline newline
13018 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13019 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13026 \begin_layout Itemize
13032 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13033 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13036 \begin_layout Standard
13037 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13038 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13041 \begin_layout Section
13042 Printing and Previewing
13045 \begin_layout Subsection
13049 \begin_layout Standard
13050 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13051 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13052 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13053 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13054 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13056 Additional Features
13061 \begin_layout Standard
13062 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13063 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13064 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13065 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13066 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13067 This happens in two stages:
13070 \begin_layout Enumerate
13071 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13072 generating a file with the extension,
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13087 \begin_layout Enumerate
13088 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13092 file to produce printable output.
13096 \begin_layout Subsection
13097 Output file formats
13098 \begin_inset Index idx
13101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13110 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13118 Simple text (ASCII)
13119 \begin_inset Index idx
13122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13123 File formats ! ASCII
13131 \begin_layout Standard
13132 This file type has the extension
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13145 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13149 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13160 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13169 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13170 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13172 \begin_inset space ~
13176 \begin_inset space ~
13182 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13188 \begin_inset Index idx
13191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13192 File formats ! LaTeX
13200 \begin_layout Standard
13201 This file type has the extension
13202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13213 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13215 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13216 it manually with console commands.
13217 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13218 you view or export your document.
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13222 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13224 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13225 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13244 \begin_inset Index idx
13247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 This file type has the extension
13258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13278 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13279 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13280 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13286 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13287 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13288 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13290 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13296 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13297 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13302 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13303 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13305 \begin_inset space ~
13312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13322 The latter option uses the program
13331 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13332 font access (see section
13333 \begin_inset space ~
13337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13339 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13344 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13350 \begin_inset Index idx
13353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13354 File formats ! PostScript
13362 \begin_layout Standard
13363 This file type has the extension
13364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 PostScript was developed by the company
13380 as a printer language.
13381 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13383 PostScript can be seen as a
13384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13387 programming language
13388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13391 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13396 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13402 \begin_inset Index idx
13405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13406 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13416 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 Encapsulated PostScript
13425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13428 (EPS, file extension
13429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13441 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13442 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13447 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13451 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13452 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13453 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13454 EPS to avoid this problem.
13457 \begin_layout Standard
13458 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13460 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13461 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13469 \begin_inset Index idx
13472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13479 \begin_inset Index idx
13482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 This file type has the extension
13493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 Portable Document Format
13510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 was derived from PostScript.
13518 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13527 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13528 looks exactly the same.
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 (JPG, file extension
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13568 Portable Network Graphics
13569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13572 (PNG, file extension
13573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13585 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13586 in the background to one of these formats.
13587 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13588 will slow down your workflow.
13589 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13592 \begin_layout Standard
13593 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13595 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13598 in three different ways:
13601 \begin_layout Description
13602 PDF This uses the program
13606 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13607 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13611 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13612 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13615 \begin_layout Description
13617 \begin_inset space ~
13620 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13624 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13628 \begin_layout Description
13630 \begin_inset space ~
13633 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13637 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13640 \begin_layout Description
13642 \begin_inset space ~
13649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13656 X) This uses the program
13660 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13665 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13666 font access (see section
13667 \begin_inset space ~
13671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13673 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13678 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13681 \begin_layout Description
13683 \begin_inset space ~
13690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13697 X) This uses the program
13701 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13706 is an even newer engine, derived from
13710 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13711 access (see section
13712 \begin_inset space ~
13716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13718 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13723 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13728 We recommend to use
13731 \begin_inset space ~
13740 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13741 works without problems.
13742 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13743 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13747 \begin_inset space ~
13754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13766 \begin_inset space ~
13773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13782 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13792 \begin_inset Index idx
13795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13796 FileFormats ! XHTML
13802 \begin_inset Index idx
13805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 This file type has the extension
13816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13828 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13829 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13830 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13831 suitable for the purpose.
13832 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13833 it, but not all do.
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13837 XHTML output remains
13838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13845 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13850 LyX and the World Wide Web
13851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13856 Additional Features
13858 manual, for more information.
13861 \begin_layout Standard
13862 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13864 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13865 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13871 \begin_layout Subsection
13873 \begin_inset Index idx
13876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13885 \begin_layout Standard
13886 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13887 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13891 and choose a file type.
13892 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13898 you can use the toolbar button
13899 \begin_inset Graphics
13900 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13902 groupId toolbarbuttons
13909 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13914 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13916 \begin_inset space ~
13922 \begin_inset Graphics
13923 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13925 groupId toolbarbuttons
13931 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13935 \begin_inset Graphics
13936 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13938 groupId toolbarbuttons
13945 arg "buffer-view ps"
13951 \begin_layout Standard
13952 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13953 viewer window using the menu
13955 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13961 \begin_layout Standard
13962 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13964 To have a real output, export your document.
13967 \begin_layout Subsection
13968 Printing the File from within LyX
13969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13971 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13978 \begin_layout Standard
13979 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13980 it directly from within LyX.
13981 To print a file, select the menu
13983 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13986 or click on the toolbar button
13987 \begin_inset Graphics
13988 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13990 groupId toolbarbuttons
13995 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13996 This file is then processed by the program
14000 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14005 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14008 \begin_layout Standard
14009 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14010 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14011 printing one set to print on the other side.
14012 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14013 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14014 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14017 \begin_layout Standard
14018 You can set the parameters in the
14021 \begin_inset space ~
14029 \begin_layout Labeling
14030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14035 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14040 Note that this printer name is for the program
14049 has to be configured for this printer name.
14050 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14051 \begin_inset space ~
14055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14057 reference "sub:Printer"
14066 The printer should understand PostScript.
14069 \begin_layout Labeling
14070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14075 The name of a file to print to.
14076 The output will be a PostScript file.
14077 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14081 \begin_layout Section
14082 A few Words about Typography
14083 \begin_inset Index idx
14086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14095 \begin_layout Subsection
14097 \begin_inset Index idx
14100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 character comes in four lengths: the
14134 , and the minus sign:
14135 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14141 \begin_layout Standard
14142 \begin_inset Tabular
14143 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14144 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14145 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14146 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14147 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14148 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14177 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14217 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14244 \begin_inset space ~
14247 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14254 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14281 \begin_inset space ~
14284 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14305 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14339 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14345 \begin_layout Standard
14346 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14358 character multiple times in a row.
14359 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14360 the final output, but not in LyX.
14362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14392 \begin_layout Standard
14393 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14394 math mode and has a length of its own.
14395 Here are some examples of the
14396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14410 \begin_layout Enumerate
14411 line- and page-breaks
14412 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14422 \begin_layout Enumerate
14424 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14434 \begin_layout Enumerate
14435 Oh — there's a dash.
14436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14446 \begin_layout Enumerate
14447 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14461 \begin_layout Subsection
14463 \begin_inset Index idx
14466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14475 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14482 \begin_layout Standard
14483 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14484 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14489 \begin_inset Index idx
14492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14493 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14498 following the rules of the document language
14502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14503 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14511 \begin_inset space ~
14515 \begin_inset space ~
14522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14533 \begin_layout Standard
14534 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14539 font and with unusual constructs, like
14540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14549 This is done with the menu
14551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14552 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14554 \begin_inset space ~
14560 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14561 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14564 \begin_layout Standard
14565 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14566 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 as a hyphenation possibility.
14585 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14586 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14587 as described in section
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 Prevent Hyphenation
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14602 \begin_layout Subsection
14604 \begin_inset Index idx
14607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14616 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14617 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14620 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14627 \begin_layout Standard
14628 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14629 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14630 LaTeX then adds the
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14634 appropriate amount of space
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14639 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14641 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14644 \begin_layout Standard
14645 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14646 not work in all cases.
14648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14659 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14660 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14663 \begin_layout Standard
14664 Here are some examples of
14668 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14671 \begin_layout Itemize
14676 \begin_layout Itemize
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14682 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14685 \begin_layout Itemize
14687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14691 this is too much space!
14694 \begin_layout Itemize
14699 \begin_layout Standard
14700 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14703 \begin_layout Standard
14704 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14707 \begin_layout Enumerate
14711 \begin_inset space ~
14716 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14717 \begin_inset space ~
14721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14723 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14728 \begin_inset Index idx
14731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14732 Spaces ! inter-word
14740 \begin_layout Enumerate
14744 \begin_inset space ~
14749 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14750 \begin_inset space ~
14754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14756 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14761 \begin_inset Index idx
14764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14773 \begin_layout Enumerate
14777 \begin_inset space ~
14781 \begin_inset space ~
14785 \begin_inset space ~
14792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 \begin_inset space ~
14799 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14800 This function is also bound to
14803 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14809 \begin_layout Standard
14810 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14813 \begin_layout Itemize
14815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14819 \begin_inset space \space{}
14822 this is too much space!
14825 \begin_layout Itemize
14826 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14831 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14832 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14833 will take care of this.
14836 \begin_layout Standard
14837 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14841 \begin_inset space ~
14846 feature described in section
14852 Additional Features
14857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14859 \begin_inset Index idx
14862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14863 Typography ! Quotes
14869 \begin_inset Index idx
14872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14904 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14905 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14906 and use a closing quote at the end.
14908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14916 The keyboard character,
14920 , generates this automatically.
14923 \begin_layout Standard
14924 You can change the behavior of the
14928 key using the submenu
14934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14938 \begin_inset Index idx
14941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14942 Document ! Settings
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14956 There are six choices:
14959 \begin_layout Labeling
14960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14972 Use quotes like this
14973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14981 \begin_inset Quotes els
14985 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14991 \begin_layout Labeling
14992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14995 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14999 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15005 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15009 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15013 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15019 \begin_layout Labeling
15020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15023 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15027 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15033 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15037 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15041 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15045 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15051 \begin_layout Labeling
15052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15055 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15059 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15065 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15069 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15073 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15077 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15083 \begin_layout Labeling
15084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15087 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15091 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15097 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15101 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15105 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15109 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15115 \begin_layout Labeling
15116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15119 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15123 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15129 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15133 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15137 \begin_inset Quotes als
15141 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15148 These settings affect what character the
15155 \begin_layout Subsection
15157 \begin_inset Index idx
15160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15161 Typography ! Ligatures
15167 \begin_inset Index idx
15170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15201 name "sub:Ligatures"
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15209 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15210 print them as single characters.
15211 These groups are known as
15216 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15218 Here are the standard ligatures:
15221 \begin_layout Itemize
15225 \begin_layout Itemize
15229 \begin_layout Itemize
15233 \begin_layout Itemize
15237 \begin_layout Itemize
15241 \begin_layout Standard
15242 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15245 \begin_layout Standard
15246 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15247 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15255 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15271 To break a ligature, use
15273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15274 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15276 \begin_inset space ~
15283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15294 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15311 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15319 \begin_layout Subsection
15321 \begin_inset Index idx
15324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15333 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15340 \begin_layout Standard
15341 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15342 characters in different sizes and heights.
15343 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15344 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15364 \begin_inset Note Note
15367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15368 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15376 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15377 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15382 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15386 \begin_layout Description
15387 LyX The name of the game, write
15388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15409 \begin_layout Description
15410 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15432 \begin_layout Description
15433 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15455 \begin_layout Description
15456 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15478 \begin_layout Standard
15479 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15484 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15492 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15493 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15494 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15497 : The actual version is
15498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15505 , the previous one was
15506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15516 \begin_layout Standard
15517 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15522 \begin_inset space \space{}
15525 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15527 This will look in LyX like:
15528 \begin_inset Graphics
15529 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15535 \begin_inset Newline newline
15538 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15545 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15552 \begin_layout Subsection
15554 \begin_inset Index idx
15557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15566 \begin_layout Standard
15567 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15568 space between two words.
15569 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 for units use the menu
15581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15582 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15584 \begin_inset space ~
15592 arg "space-insert thin"
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15599 Here's an example to show the differences:
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15603 \begin_inset Tabular
15604 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15605 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15606 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15607 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15614 \begin_inset space ~
15618 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15630 space between number and unit
15637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15646 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15658 half space between number and unit
15671 \begin_layout Subsection
15673 \begin_inset Index idx
15676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15677 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15685 \begin_layout Standard
15686 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15688 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15689 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15690 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15691 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15692 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15693 These bits of text became known as
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15705 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15706 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15707 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15708 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15709 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15710 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15711 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15715 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15716 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15717 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15718 \begin_inset space ~
15722 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15724 key "latexcompanion"
15729 \begin_inset space ~
15733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15739 ] may have more information.
15740 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15743 \begin_layout Chapter
15744 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15747 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15760 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15763 \begin_layout Section
15765 \begin_inset Index idx
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15784 \begin_layout Standard
15785 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15788 \begin_layout Description
15790 \begin_inset space ~
15793 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15794 \begin_inset Newline newline
15798 \begin_inset Note Note
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15810 \begin_layout Description
15811 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15812 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15814 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15815 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15816 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15819 \begin_inset Newline newline
15823 \begin_inset Note Comment
15826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15835 \begin_layout Description
15837 \begin_inset space ~
15840 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15841 \begin_inset Newline newline
15845 \begin_inset Newline newline
15849 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15858 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15859 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15860 How this can be done is explained in the
15869 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15875 \begin_inset Newline newline
15879 \begin_inset Newline newline
15882 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15883 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15886 \begin_layout Standard
15887 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15888 \begin_inset Graphics
15889 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15891 groupId toolbarbuttons
15897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15901 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15904 \begin_layout Section
15906 \begin_inset Index idx
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15918 name "sec:Footnotes"
15925 \begin_layout Standard
15926 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15932 or the toolbar button
15933 \begin_inset Graphics
15934 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15936 groupId toolbarbuttons
15949 \begin_inset Graphics
15950 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15959 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15988 label, the box will
15992 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15993 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16006 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16022 \begin_layout Standard
16023 Here's an example footnote:
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16032 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16040 \begin_layout Standard
16041 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16042 position where the footnote box is placed.
16043 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16044 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16045 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16046 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16047 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16052 ey are described in the
16059 \begin_layout Section
16061 \begin_inset Index idx
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16073 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16080 \begin_layout Standard
16081 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16082 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16086 \begin_inset space ~
16091 or the toolbar button
16092 \begin_inset Graphics
16093 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
16095 groupId toolbarbuttons
16115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16122 appearing within your text.
16123 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16133 At the side is an example marginal note.
16137 \begin_inset Marginal
16140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16141 This is a marginal note.
16149 \begin_layout Standard
16150 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16151 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16152 pages, right on odd pages.
16155 \begin_layout Section
16156 Graphics and Images
16157 \begin_inset Index idx
16160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 \begin_inset Index idx
16170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16179 name "sec:Graphics"
16186 \begin_layout Standard
16187 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16188 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16189 \begin_inset Graphics
16190 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16192 groupId toolbarbuttons
16198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16202 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16205 \begin_layout Standard
16206 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16211 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16212 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16214 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16215 \begin_inset space ~
16219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16221 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16228 \begin_layout Standard
16233 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16234 of the image in the output.
16235 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16239 \begin_inset space ~
16243 \begin_inset space ~
16252 \begin_inset space ~
16256 \begin_inset space ~
16260 \begin_inset space ~
16265 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16266 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16274 \begin_layout Standard
16277 LaTeX and LyX options
16279 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16280 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16284 \begin_inset space ~
16289 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16290 with the image size is printed.
16294 \begin_inset space ~
16298 \begin_inset space ~
16302 \begin_inset space ~
16307 is explained in the
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16319 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16320 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16322 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16326 \begin_layout Standard
16328 \begin_inset Graphics
16329 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16338 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16339 the image into a float, see section
16340 \begin_inset space ~
16344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16346 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16353 \begin_layout Subsection
16355 \begin_inset Index idx
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16367 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16374 \begin_layout Standard
16375 You can insert images in any known file format.
16376 But as we explained in section
16377 \begin_inset space ~
16381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16383 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16387 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16388 LyX uses therefore the program
16392 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16393 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16394 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16395 \begin_inset space ~
16399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16401 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16408 \begin_layout Standard
16409 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16412 \begin_layout Description
16414 \begin_inset space ~
16417 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16418 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16419 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16423 Graphics Interchange Format
16424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16427 (GIF, file extension
16428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16440 \begin_inset Index idx
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16475 Portable Network Graphics
16476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16479 (PNG, file extension
16480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16492 \begin_inset Index idx
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16527 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16531 (JPG, file extension
16532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16556 \begin_inset Index idx
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16590 \begin_layout Description
16592 \begin_inset space ~
16595 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16597 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16598 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16599 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16600 \begin_inset Newline newline
16603 Scalable image formats can be
16604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16607 Scalable Vector Graphics
16608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16611 (SVG, file extension
16612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16624 \begin_inset Index idx
16627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16659 Encapsulated PostScript
16660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16663 (EPS, file extension
16664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16676 \begin_inset Index idx
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16711 Portable Document Format
16712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16715 (PDF, file extension
16716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16728 \begin_inset Index idx
16731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16739 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16740 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16746 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16754 \begin_layout Standard
16755 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16759 \begin_layout Subsection
16760 Grouping of Image Settings
16761 \begin_inset Index idx
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 Images ! Settings grouping
16773 \begin_layout Standard
16774 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16776 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16777 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16779 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16780 need to manually change each of them.
16784 \begin_layout Standard
16785 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16788 \begin_inset space ~
16793 field in the Graphics dialog.
16794 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16795 by checking the name of the desired group.
16798 \begin_layout Section
16800 \begin_inset Index idx
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16819 \begin_layout Standard
16820 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16821 \begin_inset Graphics
16822 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16824 groupId toolbarbuttons
16830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16834 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16835 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16836 from the rest of the table.
16837 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16838 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16840 Here's an example table:
16843 \begin_layout Standard
16845 \begin_inset Tabular
16846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16847 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 \begin_layout Subsection
17055 \begin_layout Standard
17056 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17057 brings up the table dialog.
17058 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17059 where the cursor is placed currently.
17060 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17061 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17062 done on all of your selection.
17065 \begin_layout Standard
17066 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17069 \begin_inset space ~
17074 helps you in setting table properties.
17075 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17078 \begin_layout Standard
17082 \begin_inset space ~
17087 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17088 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17089 current cell respectively.
17090 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17092 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17093 of text, see section
17094 \begin_inset space ~
17098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17100 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17107 \begin_layout Standard
17108 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17109 using the check box
17118 This will merge the cells to
17122 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17123 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17124 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17125 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17126 in the last row without the upper border:
17129 \begin_layout Standard
17131 \begin_inset Tabular
17132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17133 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17135 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17269 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17270 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17271 explained in the tables section of the
17274 \begin_inset space ~
17280 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17284 degrees counterclockwise.
17285 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 Most DVI-viewers are
17301 able to display rotations.
17309 \begin_layout Standard
17314 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17319 adds lines for all cell borders.
17322 \begin_layout Subsection
17324 \begin_inset Index idx
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 Tables ! Longtables
17334 \begin_inset Index idx
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 \begin_layout Standard
17347 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17350 \begin_inset space ~
17354 \begin_inset space ~
17363 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17364 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17367 \begin_layout Description
17372 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17373 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17374 except for the first page, if
17377 \begin_inset space ~
17385 \begin_layout Description
17389 \begin_inset space ~
17394 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17395 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17398 \begin_layout Description
17403 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17404 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17405 except for the last page, if
17408 \begin_inset space ~
17416 \begin_layout Description
17420 \begin_inset space ~
17425 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17426 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17429 \begin_layout Description
17430 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17431 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17437 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17440 \begin_inset space ~
17448 \begin_layout Standard
17449 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17450 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17451 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17452 The others will then be defined as
17457 In this context, first means first in this order:
17460 \begin_inset space ~
17472 \begin_inset space ~
17478 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17481 \begin_layout Standard
17483 \begin_inset Tabular
17484 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17485 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17486 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17487 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17488 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17489 <row endfirsthead="true">
17490 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17501 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <row endfirsthead="true">
17521 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <row endhead="true">
17554 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <row endhead="true">
17585 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <row endfoot="true">
17618 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <row endlastfoot="true">
19600 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 \begin_layout Subsection
19639 \begin_inset Index idx
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19651 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19658 \begin_layout Standard
19659 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19660 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19661 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19662 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19666 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19667 for the cell's paragraph.
19670 \begin_layout Standard
19671 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19672 for the column in the table dialog.
19673 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19674 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19680 \begin_inset Tabular
19681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19682 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19684 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19830 This is longer now.
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19887 This is longer now.
19892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19919 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19920 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19926 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19932 Selection with the mouse or with
19936 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19937 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19938 the selection from outside the table.
19941 \begin_layout Section
19943 \begin_inset Index idx
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19962 \begin_layout Standard
19963 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19964 have a fixed location.
19966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19973 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19981 \begin_inset space ~
19986 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19987 too many notes on the page.
19990 \begin_layout Standard
19991 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19992 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19993 and pages without text.
19994 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19995 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19996 Floats are therefore numbered.
19997 Referencing is described in section
19998 \begin_inset space ~
20002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20004 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20011 \begin_layout Standard
20012 To insert a float, use the menu
20014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20018 A box with a caption that has e.
20019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20023 \begin_inset space \space{}
20027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20031 \begin_inset space ~
20035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20038 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20039 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20041 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20042 \begin_inset Index idx
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20052 paragraph within the float.
20053 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20054 by left-clicking on the box label.
20055 A closed float box looks like this:
20056 \begin_inset Graphics
20057 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20062 – a gray button with a red label.
20065 \begin_layout Standard
20066 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20067 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20070 \begin_layout Subsection
20074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20076 \begin_inset Index idx
20079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 Floats ! Figure floats
20086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20088 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20095 \begin_layout Standard
20098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20099 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20102 inserts a float with the label
20103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20109 \begin_inset space ~
20115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20119 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20120 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20121 This is what we did for Figure
20122 \begin_inset space ~
20126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20128 reference "cap:Platypus"
20133 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20134 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20135 This was done in Figure
20136 \begin_inset space ~
20140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20142 reference "cap:Escher"
20149 \begin_layout Standard
20150 \begin_inset Float figure
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 \begin_inset Graphics
20158 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 \begin_inset Caption
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20172 name "cap:Platypus"
20176 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20189 \begin_layout Standard
20190 \begin_inset Float figure
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 \begin_inset Caption
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 \begin_inset Graphics
20217 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20230 \begin_layout Standard
20231 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20233 As described in section
20234 \begin_inset space ~
20238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20240 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20244 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20249 and refer to it using the menu
20251 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20255 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20264 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20276 \begin_layout Standard
20277 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20278 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20279 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20280 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20282 \begin_inset space ~
20286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20288 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20292 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20293 You can also set the images one below the other.
20295 \begin_inset space ~
20299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20301 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20308 reference "fig:Platypus"
20312 are the subfigures.
20315 \begin_layout Standard
20316 \begin_inset Float figure
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20326 \begin_inset Float figure
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 \begin_inset Caption
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20337 name "fig:Undefinable"
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 \begin_inset Graphics
20351 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20362 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20366 \begin_inset Float figure
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 \begin_inset Caption
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20377 name "fig:Platypus"
20389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 \begin_inset Graphics
20391 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20403 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 \begin_inset Caption
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20415 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20419 Two distorted images.
20432 \begin_layout Standard
20433 Note that the caption is added to the
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20440 \begin_inset space ~
20445 as described in section
20446 \begin_inset space ~
20450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20452 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20461 \begin_inset Index idx
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 Floats ! Table floats
20473 \begin_layout Standard
20474 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20477 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20481 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20484 \begin_inset space ~
20488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20490 reference "cap:Table-float"
20494 is an example of a table float.
20497 \begin_layout Standard
20498 \begin_inset Float table
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20504 \begin_inset Caption
20506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20509 name "cap:Table-float"
20521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 \begin_inset Tabular
20524 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20525 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20655 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20676 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20679 \end{array}\right]$
20687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20723 \begin_inset Index idx
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20727 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20735 \begin_layout Standard
20736 This float type is inserted with the menu
20738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20739 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20743 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20744 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20748 , described in section
20749 \begin_inset space ~
20753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20755 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20762 \begin_layout Standard
20763 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20771 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20777 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20780 \begin_layout Standard
20785 floatname{algorithm}{your
20786 \begin_inset space ~
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20793 to the document preamble (menu
20795 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20802 \begin_inset space ~
20808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20824 \begin_inset Index idx
20827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20828 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20837 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20845 \begin_inset Graphics
20846 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20855 \begin_inset Caption
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20860 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20864 This is a wrapped figure.
20865 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20878 This float type is used if you want to
20879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20886 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20888 It can be inserted using the menu
20890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20891 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20893 \begin_inset space ~
20898 if the LaTeX-package
20903 \begin_inset Index idx
20906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20907 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20920 \begin_inset space ~
20930 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20933 \begin_inset space ~
20937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20939 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20943 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 Available units are explained in Appendix
20953 \begin_inset space ~
20957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20959 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20968 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20972 \begin_layout Standard
20973 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20986 \begin_inset space \space{}
20989 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20990 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20999 \begin_layout Itemize
21000 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21001 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21002 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21003 page breaks will appear.
21006 \begin_layout Itemize
21007 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21008 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21011 \begin_layout Itemize
21012 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21013 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21016 \begin_layout Itemize
21017 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21020 \begin_layout Subsection
21022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21024 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21029 \begin_inset Index idx
21032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21041 \begin_layout Standard
21042 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21043 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21047 \begin_inset space ~
21055 \begin_layout Standard
21056 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21057 have a multicolumn document).
21058 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21061 \begin_inset space ~
21067 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21068 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21075 \begin_layout Standard
21076 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21077 format is also the same: Table
21078 \begin_inset space ~
21082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21084 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21088 is an example of a rotated table float.
21091 \begin_layout Standard
21092 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21100 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 \begin_inset Float table
21114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21115 \begin_inset Caption
21117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21120 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 \begin_inset Tabular
21135 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21136 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21201 \begin_layout Subsection
21203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21205 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21210 \begin_inset Index idx
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21223 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21224 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21225 \begin_inset Newline newline
21231 \begin_inset space ~
21236 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21237 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21238 \begin_inset Newline newline
21244 \begin_inset space ~
21249 is used to rotate floats, see section
21250 \begin_inset space ~
21254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21256 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21263 \begin_layout Standard
21264 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21265 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21268 \begin_inset space ~
21272 \begin_inset space ~
21280 \begin_layout Description
21282 \begin_inset space ~
21286 \begin_inset space ~
21289 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21292 \begin_layout Description
21294 \begin_inset space ~
21298 \begin_inset space ~
21301 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21304 \begin_layout Description
21306 \begin_inset space ~
21310 \begin_inset space ~
21313 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21316 \begin_layout Description
21318 \begin_inset space ~
21322 \begin_inset space ~
21325 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329 The order of the above option is
21334 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21338 \begin_inset space ~
21342 \begin_inset space ~
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21354 \begin_inset space ~
21359 , and then the others.
21360 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21362 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21363 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21366 \begin_layout Standard
21367 By default, each option has its own rules:
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21374 \begin_inset space ~
21378 \begin_inset space ~
21383 only floats occupying less than 70
21384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21387 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21390 \begin_layout Standard
21394 \begin_inset space ~
21398 \begin_inset space ~
21403 : only floats occupying less than 30
21404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21407 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21414 \begin_inset space ~
21418 \begin_inset space ~
21423 : only if more than 50
21424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21427 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21431 \begin_layout Standard
21432 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21436 \begin_inset space ~
21440 \begin_inset space ~
21448 \begin_layout Standard
21449 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21450 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21451 For this case you can use the option
21454 \begin_inset space ~
21460 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21462 Because the float is then no longer able to
21463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21470 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21473 \begin_layout Standard
21474 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21475 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21478 \begin_layout Standard
21479 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21481 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21483 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21490 \begin_layout Section
21492 \begin_inset Index idx
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21504 name "sec:Minipages"
21511 \begin_layout Standard
21512 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21514 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21515 \begin_inset space ~
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21529 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21530 and its alignment within the page.
21533 \begin_layout Standard
21535 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21545 height_special "totalheight"
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 This is a minipage.
21552 The text is set in an italic style.
21555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21558 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21559 another formatting.
21567 \begin_layout Standard
21568 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21571 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21575 as described in section
21576 \begin_inset space ~
21580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21582 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21587 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21593 \begin_layout Standard
21594 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21604 height_special "totalheight"
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21609 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21619 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21629 height_special "totalheight"
21632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21633 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21634 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21642 \begin_layout Standard
21643 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21649 \begin_layout Standard
21650 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21651 to other box types.
21652 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21663 \begin_layout Chapter
21664 Mathematical Formulas
21665 \begin_inset Index idx
21668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21675 \begin_inset Index idx
21678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21709 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21716 \begin_layout Standard
21717 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21722 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21725 \begin_layout Section
21727 \begin_inset Index idx
21730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21739 \begin_layout Standard
21740 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21741 \begin_inset Graphics
21742 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21744 groupId toolbarbuttons
21749 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21751 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21752 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21753 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21761 \begin_layout Standard
21762 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21766 \begin_inset space ~
21771 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21774 \begin_layout Standard
21775 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21776 line, like this one:
21779 \begin_layout Standard
21780 This is a line with an inline formula
21781 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21790 \begin_inset Formula
21797 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21801 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21807 \begin_inset space \space{}
21811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21824 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21825 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21829 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21832 \begin_inset space ~
21840 \begin_layout Subsection
21841 Navigating in Formulas
21842 \begin_inset Index idx
21845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_layout Standard
21855 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21856 achieved with the arrow keys.
21857 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21858 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21863 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21864 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21868 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21872 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21875 \end{array}\right]$
21883 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21888 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21889 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21897 , printed in this document as
21898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21919 \begin_inset Note Note
21922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21923 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21924 space character (visible space).
21929 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21930 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21931 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21936 For example, if you want
21937 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 , since in the latter case only the
21994 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21999 will be under the square root sign:
22000 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22009 \begin_inset Formula
22011 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22020 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22021 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22024 \begin_layout Subsection
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22029 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22030 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22034 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22035 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22036 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22037 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22038 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22041 \begin_layout Subsection
22042 Exponents and Subscripts
22043 \begin_inset Index idx
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22053 \begin_inset Index idx
22056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22065 \begin_layout Standard
22066 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22067 way is to use a command.
22069 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22072 , type in a formula
22078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22094 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22100 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22104 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22125 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22134 , you have to use an extra
22138 to separate the hat and the character.
22140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22144 \begin_inset space \space{}
22148 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 Subscripts are similar: To get
22170 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22193 \begin_layout Subsection
22195 \begin_inset Index idx
22198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22208 Create a fraction with either the command
22215 \begin_inset Graphics
22216 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22224 \begin_inset space ~
22230 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22231 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22232 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22237 To move back up, press
22242 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22243 \begin_inset Formula
22245 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22248 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22256 \begin_layout Subsection
22258 \begin_inset Index idx
22261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 \begin_layout Standard
22271 Roots can be created using the
22274 \begin_inset space ~
22280 \begin_inset Graphics
22281 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22283 groupId toolbarbuttons
22306 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22312 produces always a square root.
22315 \begin_layout Subsection
22316 Operators with Limits
22317 \begin_inset Index idx
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 \begin_inset Index idx
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22339 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22348 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22352 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22355 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22356 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22357 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22358 The sum operator will automatically place its
22359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22366 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22369 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22373 \begin_inset Formula
22375 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22380 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22384 \begin_layout Standard
22385 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22387 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22388 behind the operator and hitting
22396 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22397 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22399 \begin_inset space ~
22403 \begin_inset space ~
22411 \begin_layout Standard
22412 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22420 feature as addition, such as
22421 \begin_inset Index idx
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22431 \begin_inset Formula
22433 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22438 which will place the
22439 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22451 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22452 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22458 \begin_layout Standard
22459 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22466 Have a look at section
22467 \begin_inset space ~
22471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22473 reference "sub:Functions"
22477 for an explanation of function macros.
22480 \begin_layout Subsection
22482 \begin_inset Index idx
22485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22494 \begin_layout Standard
22495 Most math symbols can be found in the
22498 \begin_inset space ~
22503 under one of several categories; including
22520 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22524 \begin_layout Standard
22525 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22526 you don't have to use the
22529 \begin_inset space ~
22534 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22535 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22538 \begin_layout Subsection
22540 \begin_inset Index idx
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22558 arg "space-insert protected"
22564 \begin_inset space ~
22570 \begin_inset Graphics
22571 filename ../images/math/space.png
22573 groupId toolbarbuttons
22578 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22579 For example, the sequence
22584 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22588 \begin_inset Graphics
22589 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22594 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22595 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22596 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22597 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22599 Here are two examples:
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22612 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22628 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22634 \begin_layout Subsection
22636 \begin_inset Index idx
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22648 name "sub:Functions"
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22659 \begin_inset space ~
22664 contains under the button
22665 \begin_inset Graphics
22666 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22668 groupId toolbarbuttons
22672 a number of function macros, such as
22673 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22677 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22685 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22692 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22693 avoid confusions, because
22694 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22698 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22704 \begin_layout Standard
22705 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22707 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22711 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22717 \begin_layout Standard
22718 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22719 s are placed, as described in section
22720 \begin_inset space ~
22724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22726 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22733 \begin_layout Subsection
22735 \begin_inset Index idx
22738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22750 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22751 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22756 \begin_inset space \space{}
22760 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22763 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22764 Our example is entered by typing
22772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 \begin_inset space ~
22789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22791 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22795 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22798 \begin_layout Standard
22799 \begin_inset Float table
22804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22805 \begin_inset Caption
22807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22810 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22814 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22824 \begin_inset Tabular
22825 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22826 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22829 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22913 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22967 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23021 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23075 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23129 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23183 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23237 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23291 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23411 \begin_layout Standard
23412 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23415 \begin_inset space ~
23421 \begin_inset Graphics
23422 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23424 groupId toolbarbuttons
23428 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23432 \begin_layout Section
23433 Brackets and Delimiters
23434 \begin_inset Index idx
23437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23444 \begin_inset Index idx
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23456 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23463 \begin_layout Standard
23464 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23465 For most purposes, using just the keys
23470 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23471 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23472 toolbar delimiter icon
23473 \begin_inset Graphics
23474 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23476 groupId toolbarbuttons
23481 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23483 \begin_inset Formula
23485 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23493 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23494 \begin_inset Formula
23496 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23504 \begin_layout Standard
23505 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23506 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23509 \begin_layout Standard
23510 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23511 left side and right side.
23512 If you use the option
23515 \begin_inset space ~
23520 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23521 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23522 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23523 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23526 \begin_layout Standard
23527 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23528 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23529 inside the brackets.
23530 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23535 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23538 \begin_layout Section
23539 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23540 \begin_inset Index idx
23543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 \begin_inset Index idx
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_inset Index idx
23563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23572 \begin_layout Standard
23573 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23576 \begin_inset space ~
23582 \begin_inset Graphics
23583 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23585 groupId toolbarbuttons
23590 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23591 Here is an example:
23592 \begin_inset Formula
23594 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23603 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23604 \begin_inset space ~
23608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23610 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23615 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23616 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23617 This alignment is set in the box
23622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23670 for every column as default.
23671 For example, the sequence
23672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23683 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23684 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23685 corresponds to the relevant column.
23686 The result will look like this:
23687 \begin_inset Formula
23690 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23691 column & has & has\, right\\
23692 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23705 arg "newline-insert newline"
23708 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23709 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23711 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23714 or the math toolbar.
23717 \begin_layout Standard
23718 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23719 It can be created with the menu
23721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23722 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23724 \begin_inset space ~
23736 Here is an example:
23737 \begin_inset Formula
23751 \begin_layout Standard
23752 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23755 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23758 arg "newline-insert newline"
23762 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23767 arg "newline-insert newline"
23770 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23778 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23779 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23780 A new row is created by every further hit of
23783 arg "newline-insert newline"
23787 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23788 Here is an example:
23789 \begin_inset Formula
23791 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23792 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23797 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23798 where you want to start the shift and hit
23803 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23804 position to the next column.
23805 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23806 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23807 \begin_inset Formula
23809 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23817 \begin_layout Standard
23818 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23825 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23826 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23829 reference "eq:asquared"
23834 The other types are described in section
23835 \begin_inset space ~
23839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23841 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23848 \begin_layout Section
23849 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23850 \begin_inset Index idx
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 Math ! Formula numbering
23860 \begin_inset Index idx
23863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23864 Math ! Referencing formulas
23870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23872 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23880 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23882 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23883 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23885 \begin_inset space ~
23893 arg "math-number-toggle"
23897 The formula number appears in LyX as
23898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23905 within parentheses.
23907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23914 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23916 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23917 the document class.
23918 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23919 separated by a dot:
23920 \begin_inset Formula
23930 arg "math-number-toggle"
23933 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23934 You can only number displayed formulas.
23937 \begin_layout Standard
23938 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23940 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23941 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23943 \begin_inset space ~
23947 \begin_inset space ~
23951 \begin_inset space ~
23959 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23962 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23963 \begin_inset Formula
23966 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23972 To number all lines use the shortcut
23975 arg "math-number-toggle"
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23982 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23985 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23986 A label is inserted with the menu
23988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23991 when the cursor is in the formula.
23992 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23993 It is recommended to use the proposed
23994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24005 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24006 type when you have many labels in your document.
24007 We inserted in the following example the label
24008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24015 in the second line:
24016 \begin_inset Formula
24018 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24019 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24024 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24025 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24035 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24039 \begin_inset space ~
24045 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24046 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24047 as the formula number:
24050 \begin_layout Standard
24051 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24054 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24061 \begin_layout Standard
24062 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24063 \begin_inset space ~
24067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24069 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24074 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24080 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24085 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24093 \begin_layout Section
24094 User defined math macros
24095 \begin_inset Index idx
24098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24107 \begin_layout Standard
24108 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24109 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24110 Math macros are explained in section
24113 \begin_inset space ~
24125 \begin_layout Section
24129 \begin_layout Subsection
24131 \begin_inset Index idx
24134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24143 \begin_layout Standard
24144 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24145 To set a font in a formula, use the
24148 \begin_inset space ~
24154 \begin_inset Graphics
24155 filename ../images/math/font.png
24157 groupId toolbarbuttons
24161 , or enter its command, listed in table
24162 \begin_inset space ~
24166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24168 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24176 \begin_inset Float table
24181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24182 \begin_inset Caption
24184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24187 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24191 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24201 \begin_inset Tabular
24202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24203 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24237 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24264 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24291 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24324 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24351 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24378 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24412 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24439 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24482 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24500 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24505 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24506 space when you need a space in the box.
24507 Here an example where
24508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24519 denotes the set of numbers:
24520 \begin_inset Formula
24522 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24531 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24537 \begin_inset space \space{}
24549 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24553 \begin_inset Newline newline
24556 So it is better not to use this feature.
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24560 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24561 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24565 \begin_inset Newline newline
24568 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24574 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24575 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24588 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24592 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24594 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24595 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24597 \begin_inset space ~
24605 \begin_layout Subsection
24607 \begin_inset Index idx
24610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24620 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24622 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24626 \begin_inset space ~
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24638 \begin_inset space ~
24644 \begin_inset Graphics
24645 filename ../images/math/font.png
24647 groupId toolbarbuttons
24658 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24659 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24660 Here is an example:
24661 \begin_inset Formula
24664 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24665 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24674 \begin_layout Subsection
24676 \begin_inset Index idx
24679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24688 \begin_layout Standard
24689 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24690 automatically chosen in most situations.
24708 For most characters,
24716 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24717 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24722 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24723 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24725 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24726 \begin_inset Graphics
24727 filename ../images/math/style.png
24729 groupId toolbarbuttons
24734 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24735 For example, you can set
24736 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24739 , which is normally in
24748 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24752 The four styles are used in the following example:
24755 \begin_layout Standard
24756 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24760 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24764 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24768 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24774 \begin_layout Standard
24775 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24776 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24778 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24780 \begin_inset space ~
24785 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24786 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24787 will be adjusted to correspond.
24788 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24803 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24809 \begin_layout Section
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24815 the document classes and into layout modules.
24816 \begin_inset Index idx
24819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24825 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24826 other than the AMS classes.
24828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24830 reference "sub:Modules"
24834 for more on layout modules.
24837 \begin_layout Section
24839 \begin_inset Index idx
24842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24849 \begin_inset Index idx
24852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24862 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24863 (AMS) that are in common use.
24866 \begin_layout Subsection
24867 Enabling AMS-Support
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 Selecting the checkbox
24874 \begin_inset space ~
24878 \begin_inset space ~
24882 \begin_inset space ~
24889 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24893 \begin_inset Index idx
24896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24897 Document ! Settings
24905 \begin_inset space ~
24910 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24912 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24913 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24916 \begin_layout Subsection
24918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24920 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24925 \begin_inset Index idx
24928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24929 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24937 \begin_layout Standard
24938 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24939 LyX allows you to choose between
24960 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24963 \begin_layout Chapter
24967 \begin_layout Section
24969 \begin_inset Index idx
24972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24981 name "sec:Cross-References"
24988 \begin_layout Standard
24989 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24990 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24992 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24993 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24994 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24997 \begin_layout Enumerate
25001 \begin_layout Enumerate
25002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25004 name "enu:Second-item"
25011 \begin_layout Enumerate
25015 \begin_layout Standard
25016 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25021 or by pressing the toolbar button
25022 \begin_inset Graphics
25023 filename ../images/label-insert.png
25025 groupId toolbarbuttons
25030 A grey label box like this:
25031 \begin_inset Graphics
25032 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25037 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25038 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25073 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25078 \begin_inset space \space{}
25081 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25097 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25102 or the toolbar button
25103 \begin_inset Graphics
25104 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25106 groupId toolbarbuttons
25111 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25112 \begin_inset Graphics
25113 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25118 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25120 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25133 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25137 \begin_layout Standard
25140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25143 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25148 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25149 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25158 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25159 \begin_inset space ~
25163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25165 reference "enu:Second-item"
25172 \begin_layout Standard
25173 It is recommended to use a protected space
25177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25178 described in section
25179 \begin_inset space ~
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25185 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25194 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25198 \begin_layout Standard
25199 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25202 \begin_layout Description
25203 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25206 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25213 \begin_layout Description
25214 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25215 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25227 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25234 \begin_layout Description
25235 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25236 \begin_inset space ~
25240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25241 LatexCommand pageref
25242 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25249 \begin_layout Description
25251 \begin_inset space ~
25255 \begin_inset space ~
25258 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25260 LatexCommand vpageref
25261 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25268 \begin_layout Description
25270 \begin_inset space ~
25274 \begin_inset space ~
25278 \begin_inset space ~
25281 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25284 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25291 \begin_layout Description
25293 \begin_inset space ~
25296 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25297 \begin_inset Newline newline
25301 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25309 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25318 \begin_inset Index idx
25321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25322 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25328 \begin_inset Index idx
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25332 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25345 \begin_layout Description
25347 \begin_inset space ~
25350 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25352 LatexCommand nameref
25353 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25365 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25372 \begin_inset space \space{}
25376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25390 <reference> on page <page>
25392 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25397 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25398 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25402 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25406 \begin_layout Standard
25407 You can only use the style
25411 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25415 is always possible.
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25419 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25420 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25422 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25423 \begin_inset space ~
25427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25429 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25437 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25441 \begin_inset space ~
25445 \begin_inset space ~
25450 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25451 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25454 \begin_inset space ~
25459 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25460 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25461 \begin_inset Graphics
25462 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25464 groupId toolbarbuttons
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25472 You can change labels at any time.
25473 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25474 do not need to take care about this.
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25478 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25479 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25482 \begin_layout Standard
25483 References are described in detail in sec.
25484 \begin_inset space ~
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25502 \begin_layout Section
25503 Table of Contents and other Listings
25504 \begin_inset Index idx
25507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25514 \begin_inset Index idx
25517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25533 \begin_layout Subsection
25535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25537 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25548 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25550 \begin_inset space ~
25554 \begin_inset space ~
25560 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25561 If you click on it, the
25565 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25566 sections in your documents.
25567 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 that is described in sec.
25573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25579 reference "sec:Navigating"
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25587 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25588 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25590 \begin_inset space ~
25594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25596 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25600 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25608 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25612 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25614 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25617 \begin_layout Subsection
25618 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25621 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25629 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25630 You can insert them via the
25632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25634 \begin_inset space ~
25638 \begin_inset space ~
25644 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25647 \begin_layout Section
25648 URLs and Hyperlinks
25649 \begin_inset Index idx
25652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25659 \begin_inset Index idx
25662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25671 \begin_layout Subsection
25673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25682 \begin_layout Standard
25683 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25692 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25693 \begin_inset Flex URL
25696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25706 \begin_layout Standard
25707 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25713 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25718 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25726 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25734 \begin_layout Subsection
25736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25738 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25746 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25751 or with the toolbar button
25752 \begin_inset Graphics
25753 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25755 groupId toolbarbuttons
25760 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25769 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25770 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25771 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25773 name "LyX's homepage"
25774 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25778 , an Email address like this:
25779 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25781 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25782 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25787 , or a link to a file.
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25791 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25804 to the link target.
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25808 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25809 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25810 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25811 the text style dialog.
25812 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25816 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25818 name "LyX's homepage"
25819 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25827 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25831 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25834 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25838 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25840 \begin_inset Newline newline
25848 \begin_inset Newline newline
25855 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25858 \begin_layout Section
25860 \begin_inset Index idx
25863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25872 name "sec:Appendices"
25879 \begin_layout Standard
25880 Appendices are created with the menu
25882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25884 \begin_inset space ~
25888 \begin_inset space ~
25894 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25895 as the appendix region.
25896 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25899 \begin_layout Standard
25900 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25901 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25902 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25903 and the subsection number.
25904 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25910 \begin_inset space ~
25914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25916 reference "cha:Credits"
25921 \begin_inset space ~
25925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25927 reference "sub:Export"
25934 \begin_layout Section
25936 \begin_inset Index idx
25939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25948 name "sec:Bibliography"
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25956 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25957 You can include a bibliography database,
25961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 Known under the name
25963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25975 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25976 manually, using the paragraph environment
25980 , which was described in section
25981 \begin_inset space ~
25985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25987 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25992 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25993 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25997 use a bibliography database.
26000 \begin_layout Subsection
26001 The Bibliography Environment
26004 \begin_layout Standard
26009 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26011 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26020 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26022 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26031 , a short form of its title, as key.
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26040 or the toolbar button
26041 \begin_inset Graphics
26042 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26044 groupId toolbarbuttons
26049 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26050 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26051 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26052 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26058 entry with surrounding brackets.
26063 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26064 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26076 \begin_layout Standard
26079 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26082 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26084 key "latexcompanion"
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26093 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26102 \begin_layout Subsection
26103 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26104 \begin_inset Index idx
26107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26108 Bibliography ! Databases
26114 \begin_inset Index idx
26117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26118 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26126 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26140 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26142 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26143 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26148 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26150 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26151 your working field in a database.
26152 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26153 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26155 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26159 \begin_layout Standard
26160 The database is a text file with the file extension
26161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26172 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26173 The format is explained in
26174 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26180 and in LaTeX books (
26181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26183 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26188 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26189 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26190 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26191 \begin_inset Flex URL
26194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26196 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26205 To use a database, use the menu
26207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26212 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26225 \begin_inset space ~
26231 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26232 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26235 Add bibliography to TOC
26237 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26242 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26243 in the document or just the cited references.
26246 \begin_layout Standard
26247 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26259 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26260 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26261 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26263 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26269 For information how this is done, have a look at
26270 \begin_inset Newline newline
26274 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26276 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26294 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26297 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 \begin_inset space ~
26331 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26337 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26346 \begin_layout Standard
26347 When you select the option
26349 Sectioned bibliography
26353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26356 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26357 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26359 Customizing Bibliographies
26367 Additional Features
26372 \begin_layout Standard
26373 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26374 the two methods of creating them.
26375 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26376 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26377 We used the style file
26381 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26384 \begin_layout Subsection
26385 Bibliography layout
26386 \begin_inset Index idx
26389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26390 Bibliography ! Layout
26398 \begin_layout Standard
26399 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26400 For this feature you need to enable the option
26406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26410 \begin_inset Index idx
26413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26414 Document ! Settings
26424 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26425 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26426 in the previous section.
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26430 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26431 in the citation reference window.
26432 Here an example where we set the text
26433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26437 \begin_inset space ~
26441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26444 to appear after the reference:
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26449 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26452 key "latexcompanion"
26459 \begin_layout Section
26461 \begin_inset Index idx
26464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26481 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26485 \begin_inset space ~
26490 or the toolbar button
26491 \begin_inset Graphics
26492 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26494 groupId toolbarbuttons
26500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26511 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26512 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26513 by LyX as the index entry.
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26517 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26518 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26522 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26529 \begin_layout Standard
26530 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26534 \begin_inset space ~
26538 \begin_inset space ~
26541 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26543 \begin_inset space ~
26549 A light blue box labeled
26550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26561 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26562 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26565 \begin_layout Subsection
26566 Grouping Index Entries
26567 \begin_inset Index idx
26570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26579 \begin_layout Standard
26580 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26582 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26583 lists under the entry
26584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26592 First we create the entry
26593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26601 \begin_inset space ~
26605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26607 reference "sub:Lists"
26612 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26613 \begin_inset space ~
26617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26619 reference "sec:Itemize"
26623 , we insert the command
26626 \begin_layout Standard
26632 \begin_layout Standard
26636 \begin_layout Standard
26642 \begin_layout Standard
26643 for the enumerated list in section
26644 \begin_inset space ~
26648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26650 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26658 The exclamation mark
26659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26666 marks the grouping levels.
26667 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26668 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26669 If we don't have an index entry for
26670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26677 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26680 \begin_layout Subsection
26682 \begin_inset Index idx
26685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26686 Index ! Page ranges
26694 \begin_layout Standard
26695 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26697 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26698 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26700 \begin_inset space ~
26704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26706 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26713 \begin_layout Standard
26716 Paragraph environments|(
26719 \begin_layout Standard
26720 and another entry at the end of section
26721 \begin_inset space ~
26725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26727 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26737 Paragraph environments|)
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26765 respectively start and end the index range.
26766 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26767 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26768 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26769 An example is the index entry
26770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26773 Document ! Settings
26774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26780 \begin_layout Subsection
26782 \begin_inset Index idx
26785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26786 Index ! Cross referencing
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26795 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26796 We referred for example in the index entry
26797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26805 \begin_inset space ~
26809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26811 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26815 ) to the index entry
26816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26823 in the same section using the entry
26826 \begin_layout Standard
26829 GIF|see{Image formats}
26832 \begin_layout Standard
26833 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26834 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26835 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26838 \begin_layout Subsection
26840 \begin_inset Index idx
26843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26844 Index ! Entry order
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26853 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26854 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26855 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26860 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26862 \begin_inset space ~
26866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26868 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26877 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26878 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26903 \begin_inset Index idx
26906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26907 Dummy entries ! maïs
26913 \begin_inset Index idx
26916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26917 Dummy entries ! maître
26923 \begin_inset Index idx
26926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26927 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26932 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26933 order maïs, maison, maître.
26934 To achieve this, we use the command
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26940 previous entry@current entry
26943 \begin_layout Standard
26944 In our case we want to have
26945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26970 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26971 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26976 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26982 \begin_layout Standard
26983 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26988 to generate the index (see sec.
26989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26995 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27004 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27012 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27016 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27017 index commands start with
27018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27030 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27035 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27062 \begin_layout Subsection
27064 \begin_inset Index idx
27067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27068 Index ! Entry layout
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27077 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27078 \begin_inset Index idx
27081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27084 This is an italic dummy entry
27089 You can also format the page number using the character
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27097 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27098 We can write for example
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27104 italic page number:|textit
27107 \begin_layout Standard
27108 to get the page number in italic.
27109 \begin_inset Index idx
27112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27113 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27118 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27136 \begin_inset space ~
27142 Have a look at section
27143 \begin_inset space ~
27147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27149 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27153 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27165 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27169 to generate the index, see sec.
27170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27176 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27185 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27186 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27187 they can be used, see
27188 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27191 key "latexcompanion"
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27206 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27207 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27208 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27209 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27210 If so, put the following in the preamble
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27229 \begin_layout Standard
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27236 in the index entry.
27237 \begin_inset Index idx
27240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27241 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27246 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27247 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27248 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27251 \begin_layout Standard
27252 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27258 \begin_inset space \space{}
27261 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27262 for all index entries.
27263 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27275 documentation for details,
27276 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27278 key "makeindex,xindy"
27285 \begin_layout Subsection
27287 \begin_inset Index idx
27290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27299 name "sub:Index-Program"
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27307 If the index entry program
27311 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27315 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27324 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27325 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27326 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27327 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27328 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27338 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27339 dialog, see section
27340 \begin_inset space ~
27344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27346 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27351 The available options are listed and explained in
27352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27354 key "makeindex,xindy"
27359 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27364 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27365 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27368 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27369 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27370 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27374 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27375 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27378 \begin_layout Subsection
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27383 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27384 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27392 next to the standard index.
27393 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27394 packages that add this feature.
27400 \begin_inset Index idx
27403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27404 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27409 package to generate multiple indexes.
27410 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27411 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27412 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27419 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27420 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27421 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27424 \begin_layout Standard
27425 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27428 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27429 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27436 Use multiple Indexes
27437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27441 Note that the list of
27442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27449 below already contains the standard index.
27450 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27451 also appear as a heading) to the
27452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27459 input field and press the
27460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27468 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27469 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27470 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27474 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27480 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27481 indexes in the LyX work area.
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27485 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27490 \begin_inset space ~
27494 \begin_inset space ~
27503 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27504 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27505 are some additional features:
27508 \begin_layout Itemize
27509 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27510 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27513 \begin_layout Itemize
27514 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27515 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27524 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27529 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27530 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27531 to the non-subindexes.
27534 \begin_layout Section
27535 Nomenclature / Glossary
27536 \begin_inset Index idx
27539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27546 \begin_inset Index idx
27549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27580 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27588 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27589 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27599 \begin_inset Index idx
27602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27603 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27609 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27616 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27620 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27621 and then use the menu
27623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27629 \begin_inset space ~
27634 or the toolbar button
27635 \begin_inset Graphics
27636 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27638 groupId toolbarbuttons
27644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27655 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27660 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27661 The second is the description of the symbol.
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27673 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27681 \begin_layout Subsection
27682 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27683 \begin_inset Index idx
27686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27687 Nomenclature ! Layout
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27700 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27706 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27714 \begin_inset Newline newline
27722 \begin_inset Newline newline
27728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27735 character starts/ends the formula.
27736 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27748 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27758 \begin_layout Standard
27759 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27760 \begin_inset space ~
27764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27766 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27777 \begin_inset space ~
27782 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27783 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27788 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27795 in this document is:
27796 \begin_inset Newline newline
27801 dummy entry for the character
27806 \begin_inset Newline newline
27818 \begin_inset space ~
27828 font use the command
27857 \begin_layout Subsection
27858 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27859 \begin_inset Index idx
27862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27863 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27873 the symbol definition.
27874 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27875 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27878 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27879 LatexCommand nomenclature
27881 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27888 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27892 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27893 LatexCommand nomenclature
27896 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27901 They will be sorted by
27902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27928 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27931 will be sorted before the
27935 since the character
27936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27943 is considered in sorting.
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27950 \begin_inset space ~
27955 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27956 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27958 For the example given, you can insert
27962 in this field for the
27963 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27970 will be located before
27971 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27978 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27983 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27992 \begin_layout Subsection
27993 Nomenclature Options
27994 \begin_inset Index idx
27997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27998 Nomenclature ! Options
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28011 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28012 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28015 \begin_layout Description
28016 refeq Appends the phrase
28017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28032 to every nomenclature entry, where
28038 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28041 \begin_layout Description
28042 refpage Appends the phrase
28043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28058 to every nomenclature entry, where
28064 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28067 \begin_layout Description
28068 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28072 There are furthermore the options
28116 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28121 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28122 class options list in the
28124 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28128 In this document the option
28135 \begin_layout Standard
28136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28142 \begin_layout Standard
28143 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28144 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28149 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28152 \begin_layout Description
28162 \begin_layout Description
28165 nomrefpage Like the
28172 \begin_layout Description
28175 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28184 \begin_layout Description
28188 \begin_inset space ~
28194 \begin_inset space ~
28199 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28202 \begin_layout Subsection
28203 Printing the Nomenclature
28204 \begin_inset Index idx
28207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28208 Nomenclature ! Printing
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28221 \begin_inset space ~
28225 \begin_inset space ~
28228 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28232 A light blue box labeled
28233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28244 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28245 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28258 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28266 For example, in order to change the name to
28270 , add the following line to the preamble:
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28281 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28293 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28304 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28310 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28311 \begin_inset space ~
28315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28317 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28322 The default value is 1
28323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28329 \begin_layout Subsection
28330 Nomenclature Program
28331 \begin_inset Index idx
28334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28335 Nomenclature ! Program
28341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28343 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28351 LyX uses the program
28355 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28356 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28361 by adding options, see section
28362 \begin_inset space ~
28366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28368 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28373 The available options are listed and explained in
28374 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28376 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28383 \begin_layout Section
28385 \begin_inset Index idx
28388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28395 \begin_inset Index idx
28398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28399 Document ! Branches
28405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28407 name "sec:Branches"
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28415 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28416 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28417 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28418 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28421 \begin_layout Standard
28422 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28423 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28424 To create a branch, either select the menu
28426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28427 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28430 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28432 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28439 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28440 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28441 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28442 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28443 (see below for an example).
28444 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28445 to the name of the other) and to add
28446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28458 \begin_inset space ~
28461 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28462 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28466 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28467 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28472 where you can choose a branch.
28473 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28477 \begin_layout Standard
28478 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28479 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28483 \begin_inset Branch Question
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28487 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28495 \begin_layout Standard
28496 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28499 \begin_layout Standard
28500 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28516 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28519 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28520 Consider for example a file
28521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28528 which has the above branches.
28530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28537 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28561 branch were inactive,
28562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28577 branch was active, likewise
28578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28593 branch was active, and
28594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28597 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28601 if both branches were active.
28602 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28606 \begin_layout Standard
28607 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28614 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28615 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28617 For example you can define for the question branch
28621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28622 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28623 \begin_inset space ~
28627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28629 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28651 \begin_layout Standard
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28662 and for the answer branch
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28685 \begin_layout Standard
28686 \begin_inset Branch Question
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28722 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28758 Now it is possible to use the commands
28762 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28769 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28772 to obtain conditional output.
28773 Here is an example formula where only the
28780 \begin_inset Formula
28782 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28790 \begin_layout Standard
28791 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28799 \begin_layout Section
28801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28803 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28808 \begin_inset Index idx
28811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 \begin_layout Standard
28825 dialog allows you in the
28829 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28830 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28835 \begin_inset Index idx
28838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28839 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28847 \begin_layout Standard
28852 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28853 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28854 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28856 You can specify in the dialog tab
28860 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28862 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28863 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28867 \begin_layout Standard
28872 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28873 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28874 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28876 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28877 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28879 \begin_inset space ~
28882 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28883 \begin_inset space ~
28886 1 will only display the sections.
28889 \begin_layout Standard
28890 The header information in the dialog tab
28894 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28895 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28900 \begin_inset space \space{}
28903 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28904 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28907 Automatic fill header
28909 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28910 title and author settings.
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28916 Load in fullscreen mode
28918 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28921 \begin_layout Standard
28922 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28923 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28929 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28939 \begin_layout Section
28940 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28943 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28950 \begin_layout Subsection
28952 \begin_inset Index idx
28955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28964 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28972 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28973 constructs, but not all.
28974 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28975 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28976 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28977 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28978 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28982 \begin_layout Standard
28983 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28985 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28994 or by the toolbar button
28995 \begin_inset Graphics
28996 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28998 groupId toolbarbuttons
29003 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29008 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29009 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29010 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29011 using the LaTeX-command
29017 , you can write the command part
29023 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29027 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29028 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29029 the following example:
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 \begin_inset Graphics
29034 filename clipart/ERT.png
29042 \begin_layout Standard
29046 \begin_layout Standard
29047 This is a line with a
29051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29083 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29084 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29092 \begin_layout Subsection
29093 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29094 \begin_inset Argument
29097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29104 \begin_inset Index idx
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29116 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29124 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29125 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29126 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29135 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29136 any time if you know the right commands.
29138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29142 \begin_inset space \space{}
29145 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29147 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29148 all caption labels bold.
29149 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29151 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29156 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29157 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29158 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29170 As result you know that the package
29175 \begin_inset Index idx
29178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29179 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29185 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29187 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29198 usepackage[options]{package name}
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29202 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29203 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29204 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29208 In your case the package name is
29213 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29218 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29219 So you add the command
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29227 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29231 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29236 For more commands provided by the
29240 package, have a look at its documentation,
29241 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29256 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29258 For example if you use a
29262 class, you don't need the package
29266 , you can instead write
29269 \begin_layout Standard
29274 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29280 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29281 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29282 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29289 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29294 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29296 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29297 the previous section.
29300 \begin_layout Standard
29301 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29303 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29305 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29313 \begin_layout Section
29314 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29317 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29322 \begin_inset Index idx
29325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 \begin_inset Index idx
29335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29346 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29347 to break your train of thought with
29349 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29355 \begin_layout Standard
29356 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29357 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29362 \begin_inset Index idx
29365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29371 as explained below, and turn on
29374 \begin_inset space ~
29381 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29385 \begin_inset space ~
29389 \begin_inset space ~
29392 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29397 \begin_inset space ~
29402 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29406 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29408 Previews of an already loaded document are
29412 generated just by selecting the
29415 \begin_inset space ~
29420 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29423 \begin_layout Standard
29424 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29425 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29428 \begin_inset space ~
29433 check box in the insert dialog.
29434 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29438 \begin_layout Standard
29439 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29443 (on some systems named simply
29448 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29450 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29456 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29457 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29465 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29469 \begin_layout Standard
29470 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29477 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29481 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29483 \begin_inset space ~
29488 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29489 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29491 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29492 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29493 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29494 the source view window.
29497 \begin_layout Section
29498 Advanced Find and Replace
29499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29501 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29506 \begin_inset Index idx
29509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 \begin_inset Index idx
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 \begin_layout Subsection
29532 \begin_layout Standard
29533 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29534 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29535 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29536 The key-features are:
29539 \begin_layout Itemize
29540 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29541 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29542 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29546 \begin_layout Itemize
29547 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29548 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29549 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29550 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29553 \begin_layout Itemize
29554 Search may be widened to a specific
29559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29563 \begin_inset space ~
29566 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29567 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29574 \begin_layout Itemize
29575 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29576 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29581 \begin_inset space ~
29584 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29587 \begin_layout Subsection
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29592 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29595 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29608 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29611 ) or the toolbar button
29612 \begin_inset Graphics
29613 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_findreplaceadv.png
29615 groupId toolbarbuttons
29622 Advanced Find and Replace
29627 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29636 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29641 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29646 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29647 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29648 Pressing repeatedly
29652 keeps searching forward.
29653 Similarly, pressing
29657 searches for the entered text backwards.
29660 \begin_layout Standard
29661 While searching, the
29665 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29675 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29679 Searching for mathematics
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29683 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29687 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29688 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29691 or also something more complex like
29692 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29696 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29697 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29698 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29699 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29709 \begin_layout Standard
29710 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29711 This is done by switching to the
29712 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
29716 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
29721 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29726 This way, entering in the
29733 \begin_layout Itemize
29734 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29735 in emphasized or boldface.
29738 \begin_layout Itemize
29739 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29740 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29741 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29742 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29745 \begin_layout Itemize
29746 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29747 of if only within section headings.
29748 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29749 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29753 \begin_layout Itemize
29754 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29755 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29763 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29767 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29775 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29779 button or alternatively
29801 \begin_layout Standard
29802 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29803 text segments in your document.
29804 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29808 \begin_layout Itemize
29809 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29810 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29818 with its typewriter version
29821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29831 \begin_layout Itemize
29832 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29838 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29850 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29857 (you may want to enable the
29865 options and disable the
29870 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
29874 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
29879 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29887 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29888 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29892 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29895 , or occurrences of
29896 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29900 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29906 \begin_layout Subsection
29910 \begin_layout Standard
29911 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29918 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29920 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29929 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29935 This is done via the menu
29937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29938 Insert Regular Expression
29941 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
29950 while the cursor is in the
29955 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29956 expression matching rules
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29961 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29967 \begin_inset space ~
29970 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29971 to match expressions.
29976 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29977 same text in the document.
29978 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29979 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29982 \begin_layout Enumerate
29983 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29988 editor the fraction
29989 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
29993 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29996 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
29997 fractions with the given denominator.
30000 \begin_layout Enumerate
30001 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30007 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30011 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30019 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30024 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30025 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30027 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30030 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30031 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30034 \begin_layout Standard
30035 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30036 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30037 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30040 , and referring back to them through
30041 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30045 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30049 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30052 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30053 For example, try searching for the regexp
30054 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30057 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30060 \begin_layout Standard
30061 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30062 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30063 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30068 \begin_inset space ~
30072 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30075 always refers to the first occurrence of
30076 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30079 in all entered regexps.
30082 \begin_layout Standard
30083 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30087 \begin_layout Section
30089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30091 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30096 \begin_inset Index idx
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 \begin_layout Standard
30109 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30110 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30127 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30133 can be seen as the successor to
30141 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30147 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30148 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30156 \begin_layout Standard
30157 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30158 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30165 \begin_layout Standard
30168 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30171 or the toolbar button
30172 \begin_inset Graphics
30173 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
30175 groupId toolbarbuttons
30179 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30180 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30181 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30182 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30183 scrolled so that it is visible.
30188 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30190 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30194 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30195 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30198 \begin_layout Standard
30199 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30206 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30207 will bring an error message.
30208 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30209 specifying a different
30211 Alternative language
30213 in preferences dialog.
30216 \begin_layout Standard
30217 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30220 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30224 \begin_layout Standard
30225 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30226 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30228 But you can use the
30231 \begin_inset space ~
30235 \begin_inset space ~
30243 \begin_layout Standard
30244 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30245 This does work with
30249 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30252 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30256 \begin_layout Standard
30261 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30264 \begin_layout Description
30266 \begin_inset space ~
30269 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30270 should consider, e.
30271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30275 \begin_inset space \space{}
30278 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30279 This should not normally be needed.
30282 \begin_layout Description
30284 \begin_inset space ~
30287 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30288 the spell checker's default choice
30291 \begin_layout Description
30293 \begin_inset space ~
30297 \begin_inset space ~
30300 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30312 \begin_layout Description
30314 \begin_inset space ~
30318 \begin_inset space ~
30321 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30330 also for the spellchecker.
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 The encodings are explained in section
30336 \begin_inset space ~
30340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30342 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30351 Only enable this if you use
30355 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30356 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30357 so this is disabled by default.
30360 \begin_layout Section
30362 \begin_inset Index idx
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30374 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30381 \begin_layout Standard
30382 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30383 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30393 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30395 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30404 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30405 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30406 are available for many languages.
30409 \begin_layout Standard
30410 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30414 \begin_layout Subsection
30415 Setting up the thesaurus
30418 \begin_layout Standard
30423 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30428 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30433 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30439 en_EN for English).
30440 For instance, the English files are named:
30443 \begin_layout Itemize
30447 \begin_layout Itemize
30451 \begin_layout Standard
30452 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30453 already on your system.
30454 If not, you can get dictionaries
30455 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30457 \begin_inset Flex URL
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30464 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30474 \begin_inset Flex URL
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30486 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
30487 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30492 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30494 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30495 unpack a zip archive.
30496 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
30504 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30505 \begin_inset Flex URL
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
30512 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30517 are usually packed in extension archives (
30521 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30523 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30524 unpack a zip archive.
30532 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
30536 \begin_layout Standard
30545 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30546 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30548 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30549 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30553 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30556 \begin_layout Subsection
30557 Using the thesaurus
30560 \begin_layout Standard
30561 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30563 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30566 or the toolbar button
30567 \begin_inset Graphics
30568 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
30570 groupId toolbarbuttons
30574 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30576 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30578 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30579 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30580 and hyponyms (such as
30588 ), compounds (such as
30592 ) and antonyms (such as
30600 ), which are marked as such.
30603 \begin_layout Standard
30604 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30605 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30609 \begin_layout Standard
30610 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30611 the dictionary, such as the above
30615 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30620 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30621 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30622 For example looking up the word forms
30630 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30635 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30648 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30649 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30650 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30653 \begin_layout Subsection
30654 License of the Thesaurus library
30657 \begin_layout Standard
30662 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30667 as a standalone program.
30668 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30669 The library was released under the
30671 Berkeley Database License
30673 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30674 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30675 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30677 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30680 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30684 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30687 \begin_layout Section
30689 \begin_inset Index idx
30692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30699 \begin_inset Index idx
30702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 Document ! Change Tracking
30709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30711 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30718 \begin_layout Standard
30719 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30720 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30721 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30722 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30726 \begin_inset space ~
30729 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30731 \begin_inset space ~
30739 \begin_layout Standard
30740 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30754 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30755 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30758 \begin_inset space ~
30762 \begin_inset space ~
30772 \begin_inset Index idx
30775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30776 Color ! Change tracking
30781 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30782 the cursor is in changed text.
30783 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30784 \begin_inset Graphics
30785 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30787 groupId toolbarbuttons
30794 \begin_layout Standard
30795 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30796 \begin_inset Index idx
30799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30808 \begin_layout Standard
30809 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 \begin_inset Graphics
30817 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30825 \begin_layout Standard
30826 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30832 \begin_layout Standard
30833 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30837 \begin_layout Standard
30838 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30844 \begin_layout Standard
30845 \begin_inset Tabular
30846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30847 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30848 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30849 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 \begin_inset Graphics
30856 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30858 groupId toolbarbuttons
30867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30875 \begin_inset space ~
30878 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30880 \begin_inset space ~
30889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 \begin_inset Graphics
30895 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30897 groupId toolbarbuttons
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30914 \begin_inset space ~
30917 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30919 \begin_inset space ~
30923 \begin_inset space ~
30927 \begin_inset space ~
30936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 \begin_inset Graphics
30942 filename ../images/change-next.png
30944 groupId toolbarbuttons
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 Jumps to the next change
30963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30968 \begin_inset Graphics
30969 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30971 groupId toolbarbuttons
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30988 \begin_inset space ~
30991 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30993 \begin_inset space ~
31002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 \begin_inset Graphics
31008 filename ../images/change-reject.png
31010 groupId toolbarbuttons
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31027 \begin_inset space ~
31030 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31032 \begin_inset space ~
31041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 \begin_inset Graphics
31047 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
31049 groupId toolbarbuttons
31058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31066 \begin_inset space ~
31069 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31071 \begin_inset space ~
31080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 \begin_inset Graphics
31086 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
31088 groupId toolbarbuttons
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31105 \begin_inset space ~
31108 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31110 \begin_inset space ~
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31128 \begin_inset Graphics
31129 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
31131 groupId toolbarbuttons
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31148 \begin_inset space ~
31151 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31153 \begin_inset space ~
31157 \begin_inset space ~
31166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31171 \begin_inset Graphics
31172 filename ../images/note-insert.png
31174 groupId toolbarbuttons
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31190 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31192 \begin_inset space ~
31201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 \begin_inset Graphics
31207 filename ../images/note-next.png
31209 groupId toolbarbuttons
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31226 \begin_inset space ~
31242 \begin_layout Standard
31243 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31249 \begin_layout Standard
31250 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31251 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31252 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31253 the next change after the current cursor position.
31254 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31255 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31256 step to the next change.
31257 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31260 \begin_layout Standard
31261 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31262 to describe a change.
31265 \begin_layout Standard
31266 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31271 \begin_inset Index idx
31274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31281 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31282 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31288 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31291 \begin_layout Section
31292 International Support
31293 \begin_inset Index idx
31296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 International support
31305 \begin_layout Standard
31306 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31307 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31308 how to set up LyX to use them:
31309 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31311 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31319 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31320 \begin_inset space ~
31324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31326 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31333 \begin_layout Subsection
31335 \begin_inset Index idx
31338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 \begin_inset Index idx
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 Document ! Settings
31355 \begin_inset Index idx
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 Document ! Language
31367 \begin_layout Standard
31370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31373 dialog lets you set
31375 the language and character encoding for your language.
31379 \begin_layout Standard
31380 Choose your language in the
31384 section of this dialog.
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31397 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31402 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31403 For details about the different encoding options see section
31404 \begin_inset space ~
31408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31410 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31417 \begin_layout Subsection
31418 Keyboard mapping configuration
31419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31421 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31428 \begin_layout Standard
31429 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31430 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31431 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31432 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31433 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31435 \begin_inset space ~
31439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31441 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31446 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31447 which one you want to use.
31450 \begin_layout Standard
31451 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31452 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31453 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31454 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31455 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31456 one to support the characters you want.
31457 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31464 \begin_layout Subsection
31468 \begin_layout Standard
31470 \begin_inset space ~
31474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31476 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31485 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31489 \begin_layout Standard
31490 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31491 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31499 \begin_layout Itemize
31500 Even if you have selected
31506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31509 dialog, users who have only the
31513 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31517 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31518 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31519 french quotes won't show up.
31522 \begin_layout Standard
31523 \begin_inset Float table
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 \begin_inset Caption
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31534 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 \begin_inset Tabular
31553 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31554 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 \begin_layout Standard
35985 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35987 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35988 also the characters from
36000 \begin_layout Itemize
36009 \begin_layout Standard
36010 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36011 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36019 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36026 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36027 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36035 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36041 \begin_layout Standard
36043 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36051 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36057 \begin_layout Standard
36059 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36066 \begin_layout Itemize
36079 \begin_layout Standard
36081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36089 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36095 \begin_layout Standard
36097 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36103 \begin_layout Standard
36105 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36111 \begin_layout Standard
36113 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36121 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36129 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36130 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36131 Also make sure you're using the
36138 \begin_layout Chapter
36141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36143 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36150 \begin_layout Standard
36151 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36152 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36153 topic inside the user's guide.
36156 \begin_layout Section
36158 \begin_inset Index idx
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 \begin_layout Standard
36175 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36176 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36179 \begin_layout Subsection
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 Creates a new document.
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36193 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36194 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36197 \begin_layout Subsection
36201 \begin_layout Standard
36205 \begin_layout Subsection
36209 \begin_layout Standard
36210 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36211 Click there on a file to open it.
36214 \begin_layout Subsection
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36219 Closes the current document.
36222 \begin_layout Subsection
36226 \begin_layout Standard
36227 Closes all opened documents.
36230 \begin_layout Subsection
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 Saves the actual document.
36238 \begin_layout Subsection
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36246 \begin_layout Subsection
36250 \begin_layout Standard
36251 Saves all opened documents.
36254 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36259 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36262 \begin_layout Subsection
36266 \begin_layout Standard
36267 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36268 It is described in the section
36270 Version Control in LyX
36274 Additional Features
36279 \begin_layout Subsection
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36285 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36286 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36287 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 When using the menu entry
36294 \begin_inset space ~
36299 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36303 \begin_inset space ~
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36312 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36313 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36316 \begin_layout Subsection
36318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36327 \begin_layout Standard
36328 You can export your document to various file formats.
36329 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36330 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36331 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36335 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36343 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36350 \begin_layout Description
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36359 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36361 \begin_inset Newline newline
36364 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36367 \begin_layout Description
36375 \begin_layout Description
36376 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36380 \begin_layout Description
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36386 \begin_inset space ~
36389 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36393 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36401 \begin_layout Description
36408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 \begin_inset space ~
36421 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36422 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36426 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36429 \begin_layout Description
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36444 \begin_inset space ~
36449 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36450 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36458 \begin_layout Description
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36463 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36471 is replaced by the version number)
36474 \begin_layout Description
36475 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36478 \begin_layout Description
36479 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36492 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36496 \begin_layout Description
36500 \begin_inset space ~
36505 PDF-format using the program
36510 \begin_layout Description
36514 \begin_inset space ~
36519 PDF-format using the program
36524 \begin_layout Description
36528 \begin_inset space ~
36533 PDF-format using the program
36538 \begin_layout Description
36542 \begin_inset space ~
36550 \begin_layout Description
36554 \begin_inset space ~
36558 \begin_inset space ~
36563 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36564 and then exported as text using the program
36569 \begin_layout Description
36574 PostScript format using the program
36579 \begin_layout Description
36587 \begin_layout Standard
36592 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36593 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36599 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 If one of the menu entries
36610 \begin_inset space ~
36619 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36620 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36621 \begin_inset space ~
36625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36627 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36632 \begin_inset Index idx
36635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 Reconfiguration of LyX
36644 \begin_layout Standard
36649 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36650 the export program.
36653 \begin_layout Subsection
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36658 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36659 format or send it to a printer.
36660 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36661 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36667 For more information have a look at section
36668 \begin_inset space ~
36672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36674 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36681 \begin_layout Subsection
36685 \begin_layout Standard
36686 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36687 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36688 prefix, see section
36689 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36695 reference "sec:Paths"
36700 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36709 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36710 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36711 \begin_inset space ~
36715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36717 reference "sub:Converters"
36724 \begin_layout Subsection
36725 New and Close Window
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36732 \begin_layout Subsection
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36740 \begin_layout Section
36742 \begin_inset Index idx
36745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Described in section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36774 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 Described in section
36779 \begin_inset space ~
36783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36785 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36792 \begin_layout Subsection
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36797 Selects the whole document.
36800 \begin_layout Subsection
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 Described in section
36806 \begin_inset space ~
36810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36812 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36819 \begin_layout Subsection
36820 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36828 \begin_layout Subsection
36832 \begin_layout Standard
36833 Described in section
36834 \begin_inset space ~
36838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36840 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36847 \begin_layout Subsection
36849 \begin_inset Index idx
36852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36853 Paragraph ! Settings
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36863 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36866 \begin_layout Standard
36867 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36868 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36876 \begin_inset space ~
36884 \begin_layout Subsection
36885 Table Settings and Math
36888 \begin_layout Standard
36889 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36891 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36892 The properties of tables are described in section
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36899 reference "sec:Tables"
36903 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36904 \begin_inset space ~
36908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36910 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36917 \begin_layout Subsection
36918 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36921 \begin_layout Standard
36922 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36923 that can be nested.
36924 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36925 \begin_inset space ~
36929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36931 reference "sec:Nesting"
36936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36938 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36945 \begin_layout Section
36947 \begin_inset Index idx
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36964 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36965 document with an external program.
36966 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36967 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36968 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36969 \begin_inset space ~
36973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36975 reference "sub:Export"
36980 You should at least see the menu entries
36987 \begin_inset space ~
36993 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36994 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36995 \begin_inset space ~
36999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37001 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37006 \begin_inset Index idx
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 Reconfiguration of LyX
37018 \begin_layout Standard
37019 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37020 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37027 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37032 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37035 \begin_layout Standard
37036 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37039 At the bottom of the
37043 menu the opened documents are listed.
37046 \begin_layout Subsection
37047 Open/Close all Insets
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37054 \begin_layout Subsection
37055 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37063 Math macros are described in the
37070 \begin_layout Subsection
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37083 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37090 \begin_layout Subsection
37094 \begin_layout Standard
37095 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
37096 opening a new view window.
37099 \begin_layout Subsection
37103 \begin_layout Standard
37104 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37105 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37106 view the same document, but at different positions.
37107 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37108 or more documents at the same time.
37109 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37116 \begin_layout Subsection
37120 \begin_layout Standard
37121 Closes a split view.
37124 \begin_layout Subsection
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37129 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37130 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37131 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37132 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37133 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37136 \begin_layout Subsection
37138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37140 name "sub:Toolbars"
37145 \begin_inset Index idx
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_layout Standard
37158 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37159 All toolbars and the
37162 \begin_inset space ~
37167 can be turned on and off.
37172 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37184 \begin_inset space ~
37193 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37197 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37204 \begin_layout Standard
37209 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37213 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37214 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37215 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37216 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37217 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37220 \begin_layout Standard
37221 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37222 \begin_inset space ~
37226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37228 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37235 \begin_layout Section
37237 \begin_inset Index idx
37240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37249 \begin_layout Subsection
37253 \begin_layout Standard
37254 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37255 \begin_inset space ~
37259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37261 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37272 \begin_layout Subsection
37274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37276 name "sub:Special-Character"
37283 \begin_layout Standard
37284 Here you can insert the following characters:
37287 \begin_layout Description
37288 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37289 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37290 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37291 \begin_inset Newline newline
37295 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 Not all characters will be visible in the
37307 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37315 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37319 ) can display every character.
37327 \begin_layout Description
37328 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37332 \begin_layout Description
37334 \begin_inset space ~
37338 \begin_inset space ~
37341 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37342 \begin_inset space ~
37346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37348 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37355 \begin_layout Description
37357 \begin_inset space ~
37360 Quote Inserts this quote:
37361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37364 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37366 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37376 \begin_layout Description
37378 \begin_inset space ~
37381 Quote Inserts this quote:
37382 \begin_inset Quotes els
37388 \begin_layout Description
37390 \begin_inset space ~
37393 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37397 \begin_layout Description
37399 \begin_inset space ~
37402 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37406 \begin_layout Description
37408 \begin_inset space ~
37411 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37415 \begin_layout Description
37417 \begin_inset space ~
37421 \begin_inset Index idx
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 \begin_inset Index idx
37434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37435 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37440 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37441 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37442 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37447 \begin_inset Index idx
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37451 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37457 \begin_inset Newline newline
37460 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37464 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37472 and this Wiki-page:
37473 \begin_inset Newline newline
37477 \begin_inset Flex URL
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37482 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37490 \begin_layout Subsection
37494 \begin_layout Standard
37495 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37498 \begin_layout Description
37499 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37500 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37506 \begin_layout Description
37507 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37508 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37514 \begin_layout Description
37516 \begin_inset space ~
37519 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37520 \begin_inset space ~
37524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37526 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37533 \begin_layout Description
37535 \begin_inset space ~
37538 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37539 \begin_inset space ~
37543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37545 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37552 \begin_layout Description
37554 \begin_inset space ~
37557 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37564 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37571 \begin_layout Description
37573 \begin_inset space ~
37576 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37577 \begin_inset space ~
37581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37583 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37590 \begin_layout Description
37592 \begin_inset space ~
37595 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37596 \begin_inset space ~
37600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37602 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37609 \begin_layout Description
37611 \begin_inset space ~
37614 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37615 \begin_inset space ~
37619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37621 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37628 \begin_layout Description
37630 \begin_inset space ~
37633 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37634 \begin_inset space ~
37638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37640 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37647 \begin_layout Description
37649 \begin_inset space ~
37652 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37653 \begin_inset space ~
37657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37659 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37666 \begin_layout Description
37668 \begin_inset space ~
37672 \begin_inset space ~
37675 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37676 \begin_inset space ~
37680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37682 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37689 \begin_layout Description
37691 \begin_inset space ~
37694 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37695 text line to the page border, see section
37696 \begin_inset space ~
37700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37702 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37709 \begin_layout Description
37711 \begin_inset space ~
37714 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37715 \begin_inset space ~
37719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37721 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37728 \begin_layout Description
37730 \begin_inset space ~
37733 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37734 text page to the page border, described in section
37735 \begin_inset space ~
37739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37741 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37748 \begin_layout Description
37750 \begin_inset space ~
37753 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37754 \begin_inset space ~
37758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37760 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37767 \begin_layout Description
37769 \begin_inset space ~
37773 \begin_inset space ~
37776 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37777 \begin_inset space ~
37781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37783 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37790 \begin_layout Subsection
37794 \begin_layout Standard
37795 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
37796 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
37798 \begin_inset space ~
37802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37804 reference "sec:toc"
37809 The index list is described in section
37810 \begin_inset space ~
37814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37816 reference "sec:Index"
37820 , the nomenclature in section
37821 \begin_inset space ~
37825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37827 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37831 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
37832 \begin_inset space ~
37836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37838 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37845 \begin_layout Subsection
37849 \begin_layout Standard
37850 To insert floats, described in section
37851 \begin_inset space ~
37855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37857 reference "sec:Floats"
37864 \begin_layout Subsection
37868 \begin_layout Standard
37869 To insert notes, described in section
37870 \begin_inset space ~
37874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37876 reference "sec:Notes"
37883 \begin_layout Subsection
37887 \begin_layout Standard
37888 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37889 \begin_inset space ~
37893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37895 reference "sec:Branches"
37902 \begin_layout Subsection
37906 \begin_layout Standard
37907 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37908 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37910 An example is the document class
37911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37918 with three custom insets.
37921 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37927 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37930 \begin_layout Subsection
37932 \begin_inset Index idx
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37946 files in your document.
37947 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37958 \begin_layout Subsection
37960 \begin_inset Index idx
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 \begin_layout Standard
37973 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37974 \begin_inset space ~
37978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37980 reference "sec:Minipages"
37985 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37996 \begin_layout Subsection
38000 \begin_layout Standard
38001 Inserts a citation as described in section
38002 \begin_inset space ~
38006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38008 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38015 \begin_layout Subsection
38019 \begin_layout Standard
38020 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38021 \begin_inset space ~
38025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38027 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38034 \begin_layout Subsection
38038 \begin_layout Standard
38039 Inserts a label as described in section
38040 \begin_inset space ~
38044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38046 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38053 \begin_layout Subsection
38055 \begin_inset Index idx
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 \begin_inset Index idx
38068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 Longtables ! Caption
38077 \begin_layout Standard
38078 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38079 Floats are described in section
38080 \begin_inset space ~
38084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38086 reference "sec:Floats"
38090 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38101 \begin_layout Subsection
38105 \begin_layout Standard
38106 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38107 \begin_inset space ~
38111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38113 reference "sec:Index"
38120 \begin_layout Subsection
38124 \begin_layout Standard
38125 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38126 \begin_inset space ~
38130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38132 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38139 \begin_layout Subsection
38143 \begin_layout Standard
38145 Tables are described in section
38146 \begin_inset space ~
38150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38152 reference "sec:Tables"
38159 \begin_layout Subsection
38163 \begin_layout Standard
38165 Graphics are described in section
38166 \begin_inset space ~
38170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38172 reference "sec:Graphics"
38179 \begin_layout Subsection
38183 \begin_layout Standard
38184 Inserts an URL as described in section
38185 \begin_inset space ~
38189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38191 reference "sub:URLs"
38198 \begin_layout Subsection
38202 \begin_layout Standard
38203 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38204 \begin_inset space ~
38208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38210 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38217 \begin_layout Subsection
38221 \begin_layout Standard
38222 Inserts a footnote, see section
38223 \begin_inset space ~
38227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38229 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38236 \begin_layout Subsection
38240 \begin_layout Standard
38241 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38242 \begin_inset space ~
38246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38248 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38255 \begin_layout Subsection
38259 \begin_layout Standard
38260 Inserts a short title, see section
38261 \begin_inset space ~
38265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38267 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38274 \begin_layout Subsection
38278 \begin_layout Standard
38279 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38280 \begin_inset space ~
38284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38286 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38293 \begin_layout Subsection
38295 \begin_inset Index idx
38298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_layout Standard
38308 Inserts a program listings box.
38309 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38311 Program Code Listings
38320 \begin_layout Subsection
38324 \begin_layout Standard
38325 Inserts the actual date.
38326 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38328 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38340 \begin_layout Section
38342 \begin_inset Index idx
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 \begin_layout Standard
38355 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38359 of the current document.
38360 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38363 \begin_layout Subsection
38367 \begin_layout Standard
38368 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38369 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38375 \begin_inset space \space{}
38379 \begin_inset space ~
38383 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38384 \begin_inset space ~
38387 2.5 and use the menu
38390 \begin_inset space ~
38394 \begin_inset space ~
38401 \begin_inset space ~
38407 \begin_inset space ~
38411 \begin_inset space ~
38417 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38421 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38427 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38433 \begin_layout Standard
38434 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38435 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38438 \begin_layout Subsection
38439 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38442 \begin_layout Standard
38443 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38447 \begin_layout Subsection
38451 \begin_layout Standard
38452 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38453 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38454 on a cross-reference box.
38457 \begin_layout Section
38459 \begin_inset Index idx
38462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38471 \begin_layout Subsection
38475 \begin_layout Standard
38476 Change Tracking is described in section
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38483 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38490 \begin_layout Subsection
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_layout Standard
38506 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38508 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38511 \begin_layout Standard
38512 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38517 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38520 \begin_layout Subsection
38524 \begin_layout Standard
38525 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38526 \begin_inset space ~
38530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38532 reference "sec:Navigating"
38537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38539 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38546 \begin_layout Subsection
38547 Start Appendix Here
38550 \begin_layout Standard
38551 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38552 position as described in section
38553 \begin_inset space ~
38557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38559 reference "sec:Appendices"
38566 \begin_layout Subsection
38570 \begin_layout Standard
38571 Un/compresses the current document.
38574 \begin_layout Subsection
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 The document settings are described in appendix
38580 \begin_inset space ~
38584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38586 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38593 \begin_layout Section
38595 \begin_inset Index idx
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 \begin_layout Subsection
38611 \begin_layout Standard
38612 Spell checking is explained in section
38613 \begin_inset space ~
38617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38619 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38626 \begin_layout Subsection
38630 \begin_layout Standard
38631 The thesaurus is described in section
38632 \begin_inset space ~
38636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38638 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38645 \begin_layout Subsection
38647 \begin_inset Index idx
38650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38657 \begin_inset Index idx
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38669 \begin_layout Standard
38670 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38671 highlighted document part.
38674 \begin_layout Subsection
38676 \begin_inset Index idx
38679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38688 \begin_layout Standard
38689 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38692 \begin_layout Subsection
38694 \begin_inset Index idx
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38698 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 Reconfiguration of LyX
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38726 \begin_inset Index idx
38729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38730 Reconfiguration of LyX
38738 \begin_layout Standard
38739 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38740 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38741 \begin_inset space ~
38745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38747 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38754 \begin_layout Subsection
38758 \begin_layout Standard
38759 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38766 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38773 \begin_layout Section
38775 \begin_inset Index idx
38778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38788 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38792 \begin_layout Standard
38796 \begin_inset space ~
38801 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38802 found by LyX (see also section
38803 \begin_inset space ~
38807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38809 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38816 \begin_layout Section
38818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38820 name "sec:Toolbars"
38827 \begin_layout Standard
38828 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38835 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38842 \begin_layout Standard
38843 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38844 This is described in the
38846 Additional Features
38851 \begin_layout Subsection
38853 \begin_inset Index idx
38856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 \begin_inset Graphics
38867 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38882 \begin_layout Standard
38883 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 \begin_inset Note Note
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38904 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38909 manual for more information.
38917 \begin_layout Standard
38918 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38924 \begin_layout Standard
38925 \begin_inset Tabular
38926 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38927 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38935 \begin_inset Graphics
38936 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38963 \begin_layout Standard
38964 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38970 \begin_layout Standard
38972 \begin_inset Tabular
38973 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38974 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38975 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38976 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 \begin_inset Graphics
38985 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38987 groupId toolbarbuttons
38996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39002 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39014 \begin_inset Graphics
39015 filename ../images/file-open.png
39017 groupId toolbarbuttons
39026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 \begin_inset Graphics
39045 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
39047 groupId toolbarbuttons
39056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39062 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39074 \begin_inset Graphics
39075 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
39077 groupId toolbarbuttons
39086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 \begin_inset Graphics
39105 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
39107 groupId toolbarbuttons
39116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39134 \begin_inset Graphics
39135 filename ../images/undo.png
39137 groupId toolbarbuttons
39146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39164 \begin_inset Graphics
39165 filename ../images/redo.png
39167 groupId toolbarbuttons
39176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39182 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39194 \begin_inset Graphics
39195 filename ../images/cut.png
39197 groupId toolbarbuttons
39206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39212 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39219 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39224 \begin_inset Graphics
39225 filename ../images/copy.png
39227 groupId toolbarbuttons
39236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39254 \begin_inset Graphics
39255 filename ../images/paste.png
39257 groupId toolbarbuttons
39266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39272 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39284 \begin_inset Graphics
39285 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
39287 groupId toolbarbuttons
39296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39302 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39322 \begin_inset Graphics
39323 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
39325 groupId toolbarbuttons
39334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39340 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39341 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39353 \begin_inset Graphics
39354 filename ../images/font-emph.png
39356 groupId toolbarbuttons
39365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39369 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39371 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39389 \begin_inset Graphics
39390 filename ../images/font-noun.png
39392 groupId toolbarbuttons
39401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39405 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39407 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39409 \begin_inset space ~
39420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39425 \begin_inset Graphics
39426 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
39428 groupId toolbarbuttons
39437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39441 Formats text using the current settings in the
39443 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39461 \begin_inset Graphics
39462 filename ../images/math-mode.png
39464 groupId toolbarbuttons
39473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39480 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 \begin_inset Graphics
39497 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
39499 groupId toolbarbuttons
39508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39526 \begin_inset Graphics
39527 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39529 groupId toolbarbuttons
39538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39556 \begin_inset Graphics
39557 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
39559 groupId toolbarbuttons
39568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39572 Toggle outline window on/off,
39574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39586 \begin_inset Graphics
39587 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
39589 groupId toolbarbuttons
39598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39602 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39613 \begin_inset Graphics
39614 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
39616 groupId toolbarbuttons
39625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39629 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39642 \begin_layout Subsection
39644 \begin_inset Index idx
39647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39656 \begin_layout Standard
39657 \begin_inset Graphics
39658 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39666 \begin_layout Standard
39667 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39673 \begin_layout Standard
39674 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39678 \begin_layout Standard
39679 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39685 \begin_layout Standard
39686 \begin_inset Tabular
39687 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39688 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39689 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39690 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 \begin_inset Graphics
39697 filename ../images/layout.png
39699 groupId toolbarbuttons
39708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39723 \begin_inset Graphics
39724 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39726 groupId toolbarbuttons
39735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39750 \begin_inset Graphics
39751 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39753 groupId toolbarbuttons
39762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 \begin_inset Graphics
39778 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39780 groupId toolbarbuttons
39789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39804 \begin_inset Graphics
39805 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39807 groupId toolbarbuttons
39816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39831 \begin_inset Graphics
39832 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39834 groupId toolbarbuttons
39843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39849 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39869 \begin_inset Graphics
39870 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39872 groupId toolbarbuttons
39881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39889 \begin_inset space ~
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39907 \begin_inset Graphics
39908 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39910 groupId toolbarbuttons
39919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39926 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39938 \begin_inset Graphics
39939 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39941 groupId toolbarbuttons
39950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39957 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39969 \begin_inset Graphics
39970 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39972 groupId toolbarbuttons
39981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39999 \begin_inset Graphics
40000 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
40002 groupId toolbarbuttons
40011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40029 \begin_inset Graphics
40030 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
40032 groupId toolbarbuttons
40041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40059 \begin_inset Graphics
40060 filename ../images/index-insert.png
40062 groupId toolbarbuttons
40071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40079 \begin_inset space ~
40088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40093 \begin_inset Graphics
40094 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
40096 groupId toolbarbuttons
40105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40113 \begin_inset space ~
40122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40127 \begin_inset Graphics
40128 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
40130 groupId toolbarbuttons
40139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40157 \begin_inset Graphics
40158 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
40160 groupId toolbarbuttons
40169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40175 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40191 \begin_inset Graphics
40192 filename ../images/note-insert.png
40194 groupId toolbarbuttons
40203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40210 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40212 \begin_inset space ~
40221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40226 \begin_inset Graphics
40227 filename ../images/box-insert.png
40229 groupId toolbarbuttons
40238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40256 \begin_inset Graphics
40257 filename ../images/url-insert.png
40259 groupId toolbarbuttons
40268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40286 \begin_inset Graphics
40287 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
40289 groupId toolbarbuttons
40298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40331 \begin_inset Graphics
40332 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
40334 groupId toolbarbuttons
40343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40350 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40362 \begin_inset Graphics
40363 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
40365 groupId toolbarbuttons
40374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40381 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40397 \begin_inset Graphics
40398 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
40400 groupId toolbarbuttons
40409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40415 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40417 \begin_inset space ~
40426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40431 \begin_inset Graphics
40432 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
40434 groupId toolbarbuttons
40443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40449 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40451 \begin_inset space ~
40460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40465 \begin_inset Graphics
40466 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
40468 groupId toolbarbuttons
40477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40497 \begin_layout Subsection
40498 View / Update Toolbar
40499 \begin_inset Index idx
40502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 Toolbar ! View / Update
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 \begin_inset Graphics
40513 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40521 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40527 \begin_layout Standard
40528 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40532 \begin_layout Standard
40533 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40539 \begin_layout Standard
40540 \begin_inset Tabular
40541 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
40542 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40543 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40544 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40550 \begin_inset Graphics
40551 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
40553 groupId toolbarbuttons
40562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40568 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40580 \begin_inset Graphics
40581 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
40583 groupId toolbarbuttons
40592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40599 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 \begin_inset Graphics
40612 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
40614 groupId toolbarbuttons
40623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40629 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40641 \begin_inset Graphics
40642 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
40644 groupId toolbarbuttons
40653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40659 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40660 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40672 \begin_inset Graphics
40673 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
40675 groupId toolbarbuttons
40684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40690 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 \begin_inset Graphics
40703 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40705 groupId toolbarbuttons
40714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40720 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40721 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40735 \begin_layout Subsection
40739 \begin_layout Standard
40740 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40741 \begin_inset space ~
40745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40747 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40751 , the table toolbar
40752 \begin_inset Index idx
40755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40765 manual, the math macro toolbar
40766 \begin_inset Index idx
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 \begin_layout Chapter
40783 The Document Settings
40784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40786 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40791 \begin_inset Index idx
40794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40795 Document ! Settings
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40804 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
40805 whole document and is called with the menu
40807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40811 You can save your document settings as default with th
40813 e Save as Document Defaults
40815 button in the dialog.
40816 This will create a template name
40824 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
40828 \begin_layout Standard
40829 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
40832 \begin_layout Section
40836 \begin_layout Standard
40837 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
40839 Document classes are described in section
40840 \begin_inset space ~
40844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40846 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
40851 Some classes use some class options by default.
40852 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
40856 and you can decide to use them or not.
40857 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
40858 recommended not to touch them.
40859 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
40865 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
40866 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
40871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40872 When you want one of the following drivers
40873 \begin_inset Newline newline
40876 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
40877 \begin_inset Newline newline
40880 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
40881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40887 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
40899 \begin_layout Standard
40900 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
40901 child or subdocument.
40902 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
40903 without its master.
40904 This way child documents are always compilable.
40905 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
40916 \begin_layout Section
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40921 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
40922 Please refer to the section
40930 manual for details.
40933 \begin_layout Section
40937 \begin_layout Standard
40938 Modules are explained in section
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40945 reference "sub:Modules"
40952 \begin_layout Section
40956 \begin_layout Standard
40957 The document font settings are described in section
40958 \begin_inset space ~
40962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40964 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40971 \begin_layout Section
40975 \begin_layout Standard
40976 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40978 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40982 \begin_layout Standard
40983 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40984 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40985 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40988 \begin_layout Standard
40989 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40997 \begin_layout Section
41001 \begin_layout Standard
41002 A description of this menu is given in section
41003 \begin_inset space ~
41007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41009 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41016 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41023 \begin_layout Section
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41029 \begin_inset space ~
41033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41035 reference "sub:Margins"
41042 \begin_layout Section
41044 \begin_inset Index idx
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41048 Language ! Encoding
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41057 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41058 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41059 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41060 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41061 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41062 known for a particular character).
41066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41068 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41073 manual for details.
41081 \begin_layout Standard
41082 If you use the option
41086 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41087 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41088 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41089 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41090 exactly one encoding.
41091 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41094 \begin_layout Standard
41095 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41096 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41097 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41098 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41099 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41100 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41105 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41106 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41107 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41108 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41109 engines to standard LaTeX.
41110 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41111 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41114 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41133 \begin_inset space ~
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 \begin_inset space ~
41158 \begin_inset space ~
41162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41164 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41168 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41171 \begin_layout Standard
41172 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41175 \begin_layout Description
41177 \begin_inset space ~
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41185 \begin_inset space ~
41192 , but the LaTeX-package
41197 \begin_inset Index idx
41200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41207 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41208 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41209 languages in TeX code.
41212 \begin_layout Description
41213 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41214 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41215 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41218 \begin_layout Description
41220 \begin_inset space ~
41224 \begin_inset space ~
41227 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41230 \begin_layout Description
41232 \begin_inset space ~
41236 \begin_inset space ~
41239 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41242 \begin_layout Description
41244 \begin_inset space ~
41247 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41250 \begin_layout Description
41252 \begin_inset space ~
41256 \begin_inset space ~
41259 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41260 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41263 \begin_layout Description
41265 \begin_inset space ~
41269 \begin_inset space ~
41272 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41276 \begin_layout Description
41278 \begin_inset space ~
41282 \begin_inset space ~
41285 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41286 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41289 \begin_layout Description
41291 \begin_inset space ~
41295 \begin_inset space ~
41299 \begin_inset space ~
41302 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41303 \begin_inset space ~
41309 \begin_layout Description
41311 \begin_inset space ~
41315 \begin_inset space ~
41319 \begin_inset space ~
41322 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41323 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41326 \begin_layout Description
41328 \begin_inset space ~
41332 \begin_inset space ~
41335 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41336 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41337 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41338 \begin_inset space ~
41342 \begin_inset space ~
41348 \begin_layout Description
41350 \begin_inset space ~
41354 \begin_inset space ~
41357 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41358 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41359 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41360 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41361 \begin_inset space ~
41365 \begin_inset space ~
41371 \begin_layout Description
41373 \begin_inset space ~
41377 \begin_inset space ~
41380 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41383 \begin_layout Description
41385 \begin_inset space ~
41389 \begin_inset space ~
41392 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41395 \begin_layout Description
41397 \begin_inset space ~
41401 \begin_inset space ~
41404 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41407 \begin_layout Description
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41412 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41415 \begin_layout Description
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41420 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41423 \begin_layout Description
41425 \begin_inset space ~
41429 \begin_inset space ~
41432 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41435 \begin_layout Description
41437 \begin_inset space ~
41441 \begin_inset space ~
41447 \begin_layout Description
41449 \begin_inset space ~
41453 \begin_inset space ~
41456 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41459 \begin_layout Description
41461 \begin_inset space ~
41465 \begin_inset space ~
41471 \begin_layout Description
41473 \begin_inset space ~
41477 \begin_inset space ~
41480 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41485 \begin_inset Index idx
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41489 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41494 , when using this, set the document language to
41499 \begin_layout Description
41501 \begin_inset space ~
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41508 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41512 , when using this, set the document language to
41515 \begin_inset space ~
41521 \begin_layout Description
41523 \begin_inset space ~
41527 \begin_inset space ~
41530 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41535 \begin_inset Index idx
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41539 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41544 , when using this, set the document language to
41549 \begin_layout Description
41551 \begin_inset space ~
41555 \begin_inset space ~
41558 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41562 , when using this, set the document language to
41567 \begin_layout Description
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41576 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41580 , when using this, set the document language to
41585 \begin_layout Description
41587 \begin_inset space ~
41590 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41593 \begin_layout Description
41595 \begin_inset space ~
41599 \begin_inset space ~
41603 \begin_inset space ~
41606 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41609 \begin_layout Description
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41622 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41623 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41624 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41627 \begin_layout Description
41629 \begin_inset space ~
41633 \begin_inset space ~
41639 \begin_layout Description
41641 \begin_inset space ~
41645 \begin_inset space ~
41648 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41649 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41652 \begin_layout Description
41654 \begin_inset space ~
41658 \begin_inset space ~
41661 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41666 \begin_inset Index idx
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41670 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41675 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41678 \begin_layout Description
41680 \begin_inset space ~
41684 \begin_inset space ~
41687 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
41695 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
41700 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
41702 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
41705 \begin_layout Description
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41711 \begin_inset space ~
41714 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41719 \begin_inset Index idx
41722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41723 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
41728 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
41731 \begin_layout Description
41733 \begin_inset space ~
41736 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41741 \begin_inset Index idx
41744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41745 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41751 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
41755 \begin_layout Description
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41761 \begin_inset space ~
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41768 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
41769 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_layout Description
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41785 \begin_inset space ~
41788 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
41789 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
41790 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
41794 \begin_layout Description
41796 \begin_inset space ~
41800 \begin_inset space ~
41804 \begin_inset space ~
41807 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
41808 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
41811 \begin_layout Section
41815 \begin_layout Standard
41816 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
41817 depth in the table of contents as described in section
41818 \begin_inset space ~
41822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41824 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
41831 \begin_layout Section
41835 \begin_layout Standard
41836 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
41841 \begin_inset Index idx
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
41855 \begin_inset Index idx
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
41864 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
41869 \begin_inset Index idx
41872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41873 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
41878 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
41880 For a further description see section
41881 \begin_inset space ~
41885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41887 reference "sec:Bibliography"
41894 \begin_layout Section
41898 \begin_layout Standard
41899 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
41900 and you can define additional indexes.
41901 Please refer to section
41902 \begin_inset space ~
41906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41908 reference "sec:Index"
41915 \begin_layout Section
41919 \begin_layout Standard
41920 The PDF properties are explained in section
41921 \begin_inset space ~
41925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41927 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
41934 \begin_layout Section
41938 \begin_layout Standard
41939 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
41944 \begin_inset Index idx
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41948 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
41958 \begin_inset Index idx
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 LaTeX-packages ! esint
41967 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41970 \begin_layout Standard
41975 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41976 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41979 \begin_layout Standard
41984 is used for special integral characters.
41987 \begin_layout Section
41991 \begin_layout Standard
41992 The float placement options are described in section
41993 \begin_inset space ~
41997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41999 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42006 \begin_layout Section
42010 \begin_layout Standard
42011 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42012 The itemize environment is described in section
42013 \begin_inset space ~
42017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42019 reference "sec:Itemize"
42026 \begin_layout Section
42030 \begin_layout Standard
42031 Branches are described in section
42032 \begin_inset space ~
42036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42038 reference "sec:Branches"
42045 \begin_layout Section
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42060 \begin_layout Standard
42061 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42062 to define LaTeX-commands.
42063 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42064 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42068 \begin_layout Standard
42069 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42070 \begin_inset space ~
42074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42076 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42083 \begin_layout Chapter
42089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42091 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42096 \begin_inset Index idx
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 \begin_layout Standard
42109 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42111 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42115 It has the following submenus.
42118 \begin_layout Section
42122 \begin_layout Subsection
42126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42127 User Interface File
42128 \begin_inset Index idx
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42132 Customization ! of toolbars
42138 \begin_inset Index idx
42141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42142 Customization ! of menus
42150 \begin_layout Standard
42151 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42159 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42168 \begin_layout Standard
42169 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42170 interface (ui) file.
42171 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42172 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42181 Both files are loaded by the
42186 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42187 files and edit the entries.
42190 \begin_layout Standard
42191 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42203 entries must be ended with an explicit
42228 and in the case of the
42229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42241 The syntax for the entries is:
42244 \begin_layout Standard
42245 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42273 \begin_layout Standard
42275 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42278 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42280 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42282 \begin_inset space ~
42290 \begin_layout Standard
42291 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42297 \begin_layout Standard
42298 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42300 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42303 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42307 \begin_layout Standard
42308 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42332 \begin_layout Standard
42334 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42337 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42344 \begin_layout Standard
42347 Enable tool tips in main work area
42349 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42357 \begin_layout Standard
42361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42368 restoring of window layout and geometries
42370 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42371 in the last LyX session.
42374 \begin_layout Standard
42377 Restore cursor positions
42379 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42383 \begin_layout Standard
42386 Load opened files from last session
42388 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42395 name "sub:Backup documents"
42400 \begin_inset Index idx
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42412 \begin_layout Standard
42417 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42420 \begin_layout Standard
42425 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42428 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42430 \begin_inset space ~
42438 \begin_layout Standard
42441 Open documents in tabs
42443 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42447 \begin_layout Subsection
42449 \begin_inset Index idx
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42461 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42468 \begin_layout Standard
42469 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42472 \begin_layout Standard
42473 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 This section only deals with the fonts
42486 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42490 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42501 \begin_layout Standard
42502 By default, LyX uses
42506 as roman (serif) font,
42514 (depends on the system) as
42517 \begin_inset space ~
42533 \begin_layout Standard
42534 You can change the font size with the
42539 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
42540 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
42543 \begin_layout Standard
42548 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
42549 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
42551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42554 points have the size of 1
42555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42559 \begin_inset space ~
42563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42565 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
42572 \begin_layout Standard
42577 are the same as if a document font size of 10
42578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42582 The sizes are explained in detail in section
42583 \begin_inset space ~
42587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42589 reference "sub:Document-Font"
42596 \begin_layout Standard
42599 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
42601 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
42602 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
42603 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
42604 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
42606 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
42607 \begin_inset space ~
42613 \begin_layout Subsection
42615 \begin_inset Index idx
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 \begin_inset Index idx
42628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42637 \begin_layout Standard
42638 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
42639 Choose an item in the list and use the
42646 \begin_layout Subsection
42648 \begin_inset Index idx
42651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42660 \begin_layout Standard
42661 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
42664 \begin_layout Standard
42669 enables previewing snippets of your document.
42670 This feature is described in section
42671 \begin_inset space ~
42675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42677 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
42684 \begin_layout Standard
42688 \begin_inset space ~
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42696 \begin_inset space ~
42701 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
42704 \begin_layout Section
42706 \begin_inset Index idx
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 \begin_layout Subsection
42722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42726 \begin_layout Standard
42729 Cursor follows scrollbar
42731 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
42735 \begin_layout Standard
42738 Sort environments alphabetically
42740 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42743 \begin_layout Standard
42746 Group environments by their category
42748 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42751 \begin_layout Standard
42752 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
42764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42768 \begin_layout Standard
42769 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
42774 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
42775 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
42779 \begin_layout Subsection
42781 \begin_inset Index idx
42784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42791 \begin_inset Index idx
42794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42795 Settings ! Shortcuts
42803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42807 \begin_layout Standard
42808 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
42809 Several binding files are available:
42812 \begin_layout Description
42813 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
42816 \begin_layout Description
42817 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
42828 \begin_layout Description
42829 mac.bind set of bindings for
42832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42840 \begin_layout Standard
42841 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
42845 , and bind files for special languages.
42846 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
42847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42851 \begin_inset space \space{}
42855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42863 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
42867 \begin_layout Standard
42868 Some bind-files, like
42872 , have only a small scope.
42873 When looking at the end of the file
42877 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
42880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42884 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
42889 \begin_inset Index idx
42892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 Key Bindings ! Editing
42901 \begin_layout Standard
42902 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
42903 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
42904 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
42907 Show key-bindings containing
42910 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
42911 Insert there for example as keyword
42912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42919 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
42921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42929 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
42930 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
42934 that you will find in the
42941 \begin_layout Standard
42943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42947 \begin_inset space \space{}
42958 , select the function and press the
42963 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
42964 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
42965 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
42966 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
42967 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42969 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42971 The binding for the function
42975 is an example of this.
42978 \begin_layout Standard
42979 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42981 The syntax of the entries is:
42984 \begin_layout Standard
42990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43008 \begin_layout Subsection
43010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43012 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43017 \begin_inset Index idx
43020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 \begin_inset Index idx
43030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43031 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43039 \begin_layout Standard
43040 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43041 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43047 \begin_inset space \space{}
43050 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43051 can use the keyboard map file named
43058 \begin_layout Standard
43059 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43075 \begin_layout Standard
43076 Besides this, you can specify here the
43078 Wheel scrolling speed
43081 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43085 \begin_layout Subsection
43087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43089 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43094 \begin_inset Index idx
43097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 \begin_layout Standard
43107 Input completion is described in sec.
43108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43114 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43119 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43121 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43122 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43126 \begin_layout Section
43128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43135 \begin_inset Index idx
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43145 \begin_inset Index idx
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43157 \begin_layout Description
43159 \begin_inset space ~
43162 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43163 It is the default when you
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43182 \begin_layout Description
43184 \begin_inset space ~
43187 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43189 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43191 \begin_inset space ~
43195 \begin_inset space ~
43203 \begin_layout Description
43205 \begin_inset space ~
43208 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43214 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43218 \begin_inset Newline newline
43222 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43242 \begin_layout Description
43244 \begin_inset space ~
43248 \begin_inset Index idx
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43257 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43258 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43259 \begin_inset space ~
43263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43265 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43273 will be used to save the backups.
43274 \begin_inset Newline newline
43277 The backup files have the ending
43278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43288 \begin_layout Description
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43300 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43301 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43302 \begin_inset Newline newline
43306 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43322 \begin_layout Description
43324 \begin_inset space ~
43327 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43330 \begin_layout Description
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43335 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43336 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43337 to find it on the system.
43338 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43339 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43348 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43349 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43353 \begin_layout Section
43357 \begin_layout Standard
43358 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43359 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43367 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43371 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43374 \begin_layout Section
43376 \begin_inset Index idx
43379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43380 Language ! Settings
43386 \begin_inset Index idx
43389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43390 Settings ! Language
43398 \begin_layout Subsection
43402 \begin_layout Description
43404 \begin_inset space ~
43408 \begin_inset space ~
43411 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43412 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43413 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43414 You find the actual translation status here:
43415 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43417 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43418 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43425 \begin_layout Description
43427 \begin_inset space ~
43430 language is the language used in new documents
43433 \begin_layout Description
43435 \begin_inset space ~
43438 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
43440 The default is the LaTeX-command
43446 that loads the package
43454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43455 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
43456 \begin_inset space ~
43460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43462 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
43472 \begin_inset Newline newline
43479 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
43480 to the document language.
43481 A text label is, for instance, the word
43482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43489 at the beginning of every table caption.
43492 \begin_layout Description
43494 \begin_inset space ~
43497 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
43498 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
43499 An example is the start command
43505 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
43510 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43525 selectlanguage{$$lang}
43530 \begin_layout Description
43532 \begin_inset space ~
43540 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
43541 command toggles the package on and off.
43544 \begin_layout Description
43546 \begin_inset space ~
43556 \begin_layout Description
43557 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
43558 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
43559 used by all LaTeX-packages.
43560 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
43567 \begin_layout Description
43569 \begin_inset space ~
43572 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
43574 When this option is not set, the
43577 \begin_inset space ~
43582 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
43583 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
43586 \begin_inset space ~
43594 \begin_layout Description
43596 \begin_inset space ~
43602 \begin_inset space ~
43608 When it is not set, the
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43616 is set to the end of the document.
43619 \begin_layout Description
43621 \begin_inset space ~
43625 \begin_inset space ~
43628 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
43629 language will be underlined blue.
43632 \begin_layout Description
43634 \begin_inset space ~
43638 \begin_inset space ~
43641 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
43642 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
43645 \begin_layout Description
43647 \begin_inset space ~
43650 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
43651 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
43652 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
43653 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
43656 \begin_layout Subsection
43660 \begin_layout Standard
43661 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
43662 \begin_inset space ~
43666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43668 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
43675 \begin_layout Section
43679 \begin_layout Subsection
43681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43688 \begin_inset Index idx
43691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43698 \begin_inset Index idx
43701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43710 \begin_layout Description
43712 \begin_inset space ~
43715 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
43716 The name will be used when the
43721 \begin_inset Newline newline
43725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43733 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
43741 \begin_layout Description
43743 \begin_inset space ~
43747 \begin_inset space ~
43751 \begin_inset space ~
43754 printer This option works only for the
43759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43771 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
43772 This is an option only for dvips experts.
43775 \begin_layout Description
43777 \begin_inset space ~
43780 command is the command LyX
43781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43788 LaTeX uses for printing.
43789 The default is on most systems
43796 \begin_layout Description
43798 \begin_inset space ~
43802 \begin_inset space ~
43805 Options Here you can specify printer options.
43806 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
43807 of the program that provides the
43814 \begin_layout Subsection
43816 \begin_inset Index idx
43819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43826 \begin_inset Index idx
43829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43830 Settings ! Date format
43838 \begin_layout Standard
43839 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
43840 \begin_inset Newline newline
43844 \begin_inset Flex URL
43847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43849 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
43855 \begin_inset Newline newline
43858 For example the format
43859 \begin_inset Newline newline
43863 \begin_inset Newline newline
43866 prints the date as day/month/year.
43869 \begin_layout Subsection
43873 \begin_layout Description
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43879 \begin_inset space ~
43882 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
43885 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43886 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43888 \begin_inset space ~
43894 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
43898 \begin_layout Description
43900 \begin_inset space ~
43903 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
43908 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
43909 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
43912 \begin_layout Subsection
43917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43927 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
43932 \begin_inset Index idx
43935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43944 \begin_layout Description
43946 \begin_inset space ~
43953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43965 \begin_inset space ~
43968 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
43973 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43995 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44008 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44009 LyX sets up in the background.
44010 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44013 \begin_layout Description
44015 \begin_inset space ~
44019 \begin_inset space ~
44022 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44027 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44030 \begin_layout Standard
44031 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44032 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44033 manuals of the applications.
44034 Currently the following commands can be set:
44037 \begin_layout Description
44042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44050 \begin_inset space ~
44053 command Command for the program
44057 that is described in the section
44063 Additional Features
44068 \begin_layout Description
44073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44081 \begin_inset space ~
44084 command Command for the program
44088 that generates the bibliography, see section
44089 \begin_inset space ~
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44095 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44102 \begin_layout Description
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44107 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44108 \begin_inset space ~
44112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44114 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44121 \begin_layout Description
44123 \begin_inset space ~
44126 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44127 \begin_inset space ~
44131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44133 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_inset space ~
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44157 options They only have an effect when the program
44161 is used as DVI-viewer.
44164 \begin_layout Standard
44165 There are additionally the following options:
44168 \begin_layout Description
44170 \begin_inset space ~
44174 \begin_inset space ~
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44182 \begin_inset space ~
44186 \begin_inset space ~
44189 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44207 to separate folders.
44208 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44209 \begin_inset Index idx
44212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44219 \begin_inset Index idx
44222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44231 \begin_layout Description
44233 \begin_inset space ~
44237 \begin_inset space ~
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44256 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44261 dialog when changing the document class.
44264 \begin_layout Section
44266 \begin_inset space ~
44270 \begin_inset Index idx
44273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44282 \begin_layout Subsection
44284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44286 name "sub:Converters"
44291 \begin_inset Index idx
44294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44303 \begin_layout Standard
44304 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44305 from one format to another.
44306 You can modify them or create new ones.
44307 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44314 \begin_inset space ~
44324 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44328 \begin_inset space ~
44333 drop-down list, modify the
44337 field, and press the
44344 \begin_layout Standard
44347 Converter File Cache
44349 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44352 Maximum Age (in days
44355 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44356 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44359 \begin_layout Standard
44360 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44361 the converter definition, is described in the section
44372 \begin_layout Subsection
44374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44376 name "sec:File-Formats"
44381 \begin_inset Index idx
44384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44391 \begin_inset Index idx
44394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44403 \begin_layout Standard
44404 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44405 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44409 \begin_layout Standard
44410 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
44411 is described in the section
44422 \begin_layout Standard
44423 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
44424 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
44425 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
44426 This is done by specifying a
44431 More about this is described in the section
44442 \begin_layout Chapter
44443 Units available in LyX
44444 \begin_inset Index idx
44447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44456 name "cha:Units-available-in"
44463 \begin_layout Standard
44464 To understand the units described in this documentation,
44465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44467 reference "cap:Units"
44471 explains all units available in LyX.
44474 \begin_layout Standard
44475 \begin_inset Float table
44481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44482 \begin_inset Caption
44484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44500 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44508 \begin_inset Tabular
44509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
44510 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
44511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44663 scaled point (65536
44664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44724 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
44728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44779 % of original image width
44786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44993 \begin_layout Chapter
44995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45004 \begin_layout Standard
45005 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45006 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45009 \begin_layout Itemize
45012 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45015 \begin_layout Itemize
45021 \begin_layout Itemize
45027 \begin_layout Itemize
45033 \begin_layout Itemize
45039 \begin_layout Itemize
45045 \begin_layout Itemize
45051 \begin_layout Itemize
45057 \begin_layout Itemize
45060 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45063 \begin_layout Itemize
45069 \begin_layout Itemize
45075 \begin_layout Itemize
45081 \begin_layout Itemize
45087 \begin_layout Itemize
45093 \begin_layout Itemize
45099 \begin_layout Itemize
45105 \begin_layout Itemize
45111 \begin_layout Itemize
45113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45122 \begin_layout Standard
45123 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45126 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45133 \begin_layout Bibliography
45134 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45135 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45136 LatexCommand bibitem
45143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45146 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45151 \begin_inset Newline newline
45155 \begin_inset Flex URL
45158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45160 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45168 \begin_layout Bibliography
45169 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45170 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45171 LatexCommand bibitem
45172 key "latexcompanion"
45176 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45178 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45181 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45184 \begin_layout Bibliography
45185 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45186 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45187 LatexCommand bibitem
45192 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45195 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45198 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45201 \begin_layout Bibliography
45202 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45204 LatexCommand bibitem
45211 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45214 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45217 \begin_layout Bibliography
45218 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45219 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45220 LatexCommand bibitem
45232 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45235 \begin_layout Bibliography
45236 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45238 LatexCommand bibitem
45244 \begin_inset Newline newline
45248 \begin_inset Flex URL
45251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45253 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45261 \begin_layout Bibliography
45262 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45263 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45264 LatexCommand bibitem
45270 \begin_inset Newline newline
45274 \begin_inset Flex URL
45277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45279 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45287 \begin_layout Bibliography
45288 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45289 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45290 LatexCommand bibitem
45296 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45298 name "Documentation"
45299 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45308 \begin_inset Newline newline
45312 \begin_inset Flex URL
45315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45317 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45325 \begin_layout Bibliography
45326 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45327 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45328 LatexCommand bibitem
45334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45336 name "Documentation"
45337 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45341 how to use the program
45346 \begin_inset Newline newline
45350 \begin_inset Flex URL
45353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45355 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45363 \begin_layout Bibliography
45364 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45366 LatexCommand bibitem
45372 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45374 name "Documentation"
45375 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
45384 \begin_inset Newline newline
45388 \begin_inset Flex URL
45391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45393 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
45401 \begin_layout Bibliography
45402 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45403 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45404 LatexCommand bibitem
45410 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45412 name "Documentation"
45413 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
45422 \begin_inset Newline newline
45426 \begin_inset Flex URL
45429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45431 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
45439 \begin_layout Bibliography
45440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45442 LatexCommand bibitem
45448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45450 name "Documentation"
45451 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
45455 of the LaTeX-package
45460 \begin_inset Index idx
45463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45464 LaTeX-packages ! caption
45470 \begin_inset Newline newline
45474 \begin_inset Flex URL
45477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45479 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
45487 \begin_layout Bibliography
45488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45490 LatexCommand bibitem
45496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45498 name "Documentation"
45499 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
45503 of the LaTeX-package
45508 \begin_inset Index idx
45511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45512 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
45518 \begin_inset Newline newline
45522 \begin_inset Flex URL
45525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45527 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
45535 \begin_layout Bibliography
45536 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45537 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45538 LatexCommand bibitem
45546 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45548 name "Documentation"
45549 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
45555 of the LaTeX-package
45560 \begin_inset Index idx
45563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45564 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
45570 \begin_inset Newline newline
45574 \begin_inset Flex URL
45577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45579 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
45587 \begin_layout Bibliography
45588 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45589 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45590 LatexCommand bibitem
45596 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45598 name "Documentation"
45599 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
45603 of the LaTeX-package
45608 \begin_inset Index idx
45611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45612 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
45618 \begin_inset Newline newline
45622 \begin_inset Flex URL
45625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45627 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
45635 \begin_layout Bibliography
45636 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45637 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45638 LatexCommand bibitem
45644 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45646 name "Documentation"
45647 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
45651 of the LaTeX-package
45656 \begin_inset Index idx
45659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45660 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
45666 \begin_inset Newline newline
45670 \begin_inset Flex URL
45673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45675 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
45683 \begin_layout Bibliography
45684 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45685 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45686 LatexCommand bibitem
45692 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45694 name "Documentation"
45695 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
45699 of the LaTeX-package
45704 \begin_inset Index idx
45707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45708 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
45714 \begin_inset Newline newline
45718 \begin_inset Flex URL
45721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45723 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
45731 \begin_layout Bibliography
45732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45734 LatexCommand bibitem
45740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45743 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
45747 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
45748 \begin_inset Newline newline
45752 \begin_inset Flex URL
45755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45757 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
45765 \begin_layout Bibliography
45766 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45768 LatexCommand bibitem
45774 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45777 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
45781 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
45782 \begin_inset Newline newline
45786 \begin_inset Flex URL
45789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45791 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
45799 \begin_layout Bibliography
45800 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45802 LatexCommand bibitem
45808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45811 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
45815 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
45816 \begin_inset Newline newline
45820 \begin_inset Flex URL
45823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45825 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
45833 \begin_layout Bibliography
45834 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45836 LatexCommand bibitem
45842 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45845 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
45849 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
45850 \begin_inset Newline newline
45854 \begin_inset Flex URL
45857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45859 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
45867 \begin_layout Bibliography
45868 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45869 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45870 LatexCommand bibitem
45876 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45879 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
45883 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
45884 \begin_inset Newline newline
45888 \begin_inset Flex URL
45891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45893 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
45901 \begin_layout Bibliography
45902 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45903 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45904 LatexCommand bibitem
45910 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45913 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
45917 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
45918 \begin_inset Newline newline
45922 \begin_inset Flex URL
45925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45927 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
45935 \begin_layout Bibliography
45936 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45937 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45938 LatexCommand bibitem
45944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45947 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
45951 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
45952 \begin_inset Newline newline
45956 \begin_inset Flex URL
45959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45961 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
45969 \begin_layout Bibliography
45970 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45972 LatexCommand bibitem
45978 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45981 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45985 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45986 \begin_inset Newline newline
45990 \begin_inset Flex URL
45993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45995 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46003 \begin_layout Bibliography
46004 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46006 LatexCommand bibitem
46012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46015 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46019 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46020 \begin_inset Newline newline
46024 \begin_inset Flex URL
46027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46029 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46037 \begin_layout Bibliography
46038 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46039 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46040 LatexCommand bibitem
46046 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46049 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46053 about new features in
46058 \begin_inset Newline newline
46062 \begin_inset Flex URL
46065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46067 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46075 \begin_layout Standard
46076 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46110 \begin_inset Note Note
46113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46120 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46121 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46122 bibliography is the second one:
46130 \begin_layout Standard
46131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46132 LatexCommand bibtex
46133 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46134 options "biblio/alphadin"
46141 \begin_layout Standard
46142 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46145 \begin_layout Standard
46146 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46147 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46153 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46154 LatexCommand printindex